PROPOSED CAPACITY EXPANSION OF KHURDA LPG PLANT

for

PROPOSED CAPACITY EXPANSION OF KHURDA LPG PLANT

atKHURDA, ODISHA

BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LIMITED

ABC TECHNO LABS INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED

Submitted by Prepared by

DECLARATION BY EXPERTS CONTRIBUTING TO THE EMP/EIA

Project Name: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT FOR PROPOSED

CAPACITY EXPANSION OF LPG BOTTLING PLANT AT KHURDA, ODISHA.

I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that

developed the above EIA.

1. EIA COORDINATOR:

S.No. Name Type Functional Area(s)

covered Signature

1. Mr. V.K.Gautam In

House

Isolated Stoarge & Handling of Hazardous

Chemicals & FAE- Meteorology, Air Quality

Modeling & Prediction, RH

2. FUNCTIONAL AREA EXPERTS:

3. MANGER

S.No. Name Type Functional

Area Covered Signature

1. Mrs. K. Vijayalakshmi In House Environment

S. No. Name of the Experts Type Involvement

(Period) Signature

1. Dr. R.K. Jayaseelan In House LU, WP, HG

2. Mr. V.K.Gautam In House RH

3. Dr. Muthiah Mariappan In House SWM

4. Dr. N. Sukumaran In House EB

5. Dr. Thillai Govindarajan In House Geo

6. Mr. R. Rajendran In House AP, NV

7. Dr. Geetha Shrinivasagam

In House SE

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE OF PROPOSED STORAGE CAPACITY EXPANSION OF BPCL LPG PLANT AT KHURDA, ODISHA

E-1

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

I. PROJECT DESCRIPTION Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited (BPCL) is a fortune 500 oil refining, exploration

and marketing PSU with Navratna status. BPCL has multiple refinery units in Mumbai,

Kochi & Numaligarh. The latest addition is Bina Refinery Bharat Oman Refinery

Limited (BORL) which is promoted by a Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited

(BPCL) and Oman Oil Company Limited (OOCL), & it is a 6 MMTPA grass root

refinery at Bina, Madhya Pradesh along with crude supply system consisting of a

Single Point Mooring system (SPM), Crude Oil Storage Terminal (COT) at Vadinar,

District – Jamnagar, Gujrat and 935 Km long cross country crude pipeline from

Vadinar to Bina. BPCL has also many LPG Plants, POL Depots, Installations & TOPs

spread across the country for further distribution of petroleum products to consumers.

BPCL now proposes to expand the storage capacity of the existing LPG Bottling Plant

at Khurda in the state of Odisha to meet the increasing demand of LPG cylinders in the

houses and various types of organizations; by adding three mounded bullets in the LPG

Plant

BPCL proposes for the mounded bullet in view of the fact these types of bullets are

cylindrical pressures vessels installed on compact sand bed and covered with sand

mound in a pyramid shape. The mounded storage of LPG has proved to be safer

compared to above ground storage vessels since it provides intrinsically passive and

safe environment and eliminates the possibility of Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapour

Explosion (BLEVE). The cover of the mound protects the vessel from fire engulfment,

radiation from a fire in close proximity and acts of sabotage or vandalism.

Project Capacity

The existing LPG Plant is having storage Capacity of 370 MT.

Proposed project envisages:

i. Expansion of capacity by construction of 3 nos of mounded bullets having

capacity 300 MT of each.

After expansion the storage capacity will increase to 1270 MT.


E-2

Fig – E-1: Layout of Khuda LPG Plant showing the proposed facilities


E-3

Location

The Khurda LPG Bottling Plant is located at 33 no induatrial estate at Khurda which is

about 7 km from Khurda road railway station in the state of Odisha. The Plant is well

connected by road through NH-5 and South Eastern Railway line between Chennai &

Howrah. Nearest domestic and international airport is Biju Patnaik International Airport

is located at the distance from project site is 34 km at Bhubaneswar. Nearest port is at

Paradeep and Gopalpur distance from the project site 139.2 and 132.3 respectively. The

approximate longitude and latitude of the centroid of the proposed site are

85038’26.38”E and 20010’21.29”N.

Nearest Facilities Distance from the centre of the project site

Railway Line 6.61 km

National Highway 72 m

Habitation 1.80 km

Fig - E-2: Map showing the nearest facilities from the Project-sites


E-4

Land Requirement

The total land area available in Khurda LPG Plant is around 12.91 acres. The total land

is under possession of BPCL. Three nos of Additional mounded bullets will be installed

in the vacant space within the existing premises, hence no additional land is required.

Water Requirement and Source

The maximum water consumption during operation of the existing plant is 3m3/day. The

water requirement for the existing Plant is met through bore wells. No additional water

will be required for the proposed expansion.

Water requirement for the existing LPG Plant is met through bore wells which was

commissioned during the time of construction of the LPG Plant. Central ground

water authority vide it circular dated 26.10.2012 had exempted the industries drawing

less than 100m3/day from obtaining permission.

Further, 2.4 kld out of 3 kld required for washing, domestic etc will be reused for green

belt development ( This is in accordance to CGWA’s guideline as appearing in their

website and applicable with effect from 16.11.2015)

Thus authorization from CGWA need not be obtained.

Process Description

The Plant is mainly handling LPG . Brief process description is as follows:

1. Receipt of Products :

Receipt of Bulk LPG from M/s IPPL and vizag refinery through bullet

truck of 18 MT capacity of each.

Bullet truck unloading through 4 decanting bays.

Bulk LPG transfer from 4 bays to LPG storage bullets.

Storage of bulk LPG in [(2 x 60 MT + 2 x 125 MT) aboveground bullets

+ {(3 x 300 MT) (proposed, mounded bullets)}] = 1270 MT.


E-5

2. Receipt of empty LPG cylinders & segregation

Empty cylinders will be received from the Bharat distributors.

Defective and unfit cylinders will be segregated for rectification /

repairs.

Only sound empty cylinders will be taken for feeling.

3. Bottling

Pumping of bulk LPG to carousal LPG filling machine (1 x 24

machines)

Bottling LPG in 5,14.2,19,35 and 47.5 kg capacity LPG cylinders

respectively.

On-line quality control cheaks like weight, leakage etc on filled

cylinders.

4. Loading into trucks

Sound filled cylinder will be loaded into trucks for distributers.

Statistical quality control checks are carried out before dispatched to

markets. Dispatch of Products is done through bullet trucks to the

distributors

5. Distribution

Loaded packed cylinders truck will carry the filled cylinders to our

authorized Bharat distributers.

Filled cylinder will be stored in Explosive Licensed LPG godowns.

Distributors will carry filled cylinders to our customers, deliver the filled

cylinder after pre-delivery quality checks & take back empty cylinders

from customers.

Empty cylinders will be stored in LPG godowns and then brought back

to bottling plant for refilling.


E-6

Plant Facility

The LPG Plant of BPCL at Khurda is provided with above ground and mounded

bullets for storage LPG.

Unloading TLD Gantry

There is Four (04) bays TLD Gantry with 8 loading points for unloading Bullet

truck. 8 Bullet trucks can be filled at a time.

Filling Shed

Empty cylinders are filled through 1 electronic carousal of 24 stations.

Fire detection and Protection System

The fire protection and detection system are in accordance with OISD 144. The

existing fire water net work will be extended to form a loop around storage area.

The proposed bullets and LPG pumps will be provided with Medium Velocity

water spray system automatically actuated and fed through Deluge Valve.

- All LPG vessels are equipped with safety device such as safety relief valve

(SRV)< High level Alarms (HLA) and Remote Operated Valves (ROV) for

safe operations

- Emergency trip button is provided at filling / Filled shed and LPG pump

house for shutting down all LPG operations in case of any emergency.

- The Plant has CCTV cameras installed in critical locations in the plant.

Details of LPG storage Bullets

Sl No Product Stored Position Capacity

1 LPG Above ground Bullets 60 MT x 2

125 MT x 2

2 LPG Mounded Bullets 300 MT x 3(Proposed)


E-7

- Safety messaging system : It is an automatic announcement system for safe

messages over speaker in front of the security cabin.

Auto fire detection by Quarzoid Bulbs: The quarzoid bulbs are installed in the

LPG handling sheds in the airline connected to deluge valve. The line is

pressurizes with air at 3.5 kg/cm2. The line is designed show that airflow

through a single quarzoid bulb will make the system unhealthy and the same is

identified by the fire fighting panel. Whenever the fire occurs in any of the LPG

handling sheds and the temperature rises to 79 deg. C, the quarzoid bulb will

melt and and the entire air off the line & deluge valve will discharge through it.

As a result, the pressure in the line goes low and same will be sensed by

pressure switch and sends the signal to the fire fighting panel. Then the fire

fighting panel activities Deluge valve, trips LPG equipment and operation siren

II. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

Primary baseline environmental monitoring studies were conducted during one month

from 15th September 2015 to 15th December 2015 and details are as follows:

METEOROLOGY

The maximum and minimum temperature recorded during the study period is 35.5°C

and 17.4°C. The relative humidity found varying from 37 % to 97%. The predominant

winds are mostly from Northwest, Northeast and Southeast directions. Maximum 25.5

mm rainfall was recorded during study period.


E-8

AIR ENVIRONMENT

To establish the baseline status of the ambient air quality in the study area, the air

quality was monitored at eight (8) locations. The maximum and minimum values of

Ambient Air Quality monitoring are given in the following table:

Location PM10,μg/m3

PM 2.5,μg/m3

SO2,μg/m3

NOX,μg/m3

Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Project Site 57.3 73.1 28.5 37.5 9.6 14.2 18.3 26.3

Jatni 43.6 53.7 20.8 26.4 5.5 8.4 12.7 17.1

Janala 39.2 48.8 18.5 25.6 BDL 6.4 10.2 14.7

Palaspur 35.1 45.3 16.7 22.8 BDL 6.7 9.3 13.1

Gurujanga 40.7 52.4 19.7 26.2 5.1 8.2 10.8 15.4

Palatotapada 38.2 47.2 18.7 24.1 BDL 6.3 9.6 13.9

Bajpur 35.5 44.1 15.5 21.7 BDL BDL 7.8 12.4

Podapada 33.6 42.5 15.8 20.8 BDL BDL 7.3 10.7

In the above table the results show that all particulate matters are high in the project site

and the same are too low in the location of Podapada except PM2.5 which is lowest

(15.5) at Bajpur (Please refer fig E-3)

Results of the monitored data indicate that the ambient air quality of the region in

general is in conformity with respect to the norms of National Ambient Air Quality

standards (NAAQS) of CPCB, with present level of activities


E-9

Fig – E-3 : Map showing the Air environment monitoring Locations


E-10

NOISE ENVIRONMENT The noise monitoring has been conducted at eight (8) locations in the study area. Out of 8

locations one is within the plant and 7 (seven) are outside of the Plant & within the 10 km

radius of the study area. Project site recorded highest value of 54.5 dB (A) during day

time. The lowest noise level was found to be 39.5 dB (A) during night time at Saliapatna.

However the noise levels are found to be well within the CPCB standards.

Fig – E-4 : Map showing the Noise Level monitoring Locations


E-11

WATER ENVIRONMENT Six (6) groundwater samples and two (2) surface water samples within the study area were

considered for assessment. Out of six locations of ground water sample one is within the

Plant and 5 (five) are outside of the Plant within the 10 km radius of the study area. The

water samples were collected and analyzed during Septemder 2015 to December 2015.

The water samples were collected and analyzed during 2015. The pH of ground water in

the study area varies between 6.63 – 7.16, Conductivity varies from 105 to 376 μS/cm,

TDS values were found to be from 58 mg/l – 308 mg/l and Total Hardness varied from 38

– 280 mg/L. Total alkalinity also varies from 28 to 210 mg/L. The concentration of

sodium in the studied samples varied from 6.7 to 26 mg/L. The potassium content ranged

from BDL (<1) to 2.1 mg/L. The chloride content in the studied area ranged from 4 - 64

mg/L. The sulphate, nitrate and fluoride content in the ground water are found to be within

the IS in all the samples

Fig- E-5 : Map showing the Water quality monitoring Locations


E-12

SOIL ENVIRONMENT Sevven (7) locations within the study area were selected for soil sampling. Out of Seven

locations one is within the Plant and 6 (six) are outside of the Plant within the 10 km

radius of the study area. It has been observed that the pH of the soil was ranging from 7.11

to 8.12, Conductivity of the soil ranges from 0.031 to 0.135 mS/cm. Since the EC value is

less than 2mS/cm, the soil is said to be non-saline in nature. Soil organic content varied

from 0.53 to 1.33% which indicates the low level of organic matter.

Fig – E-6 : Map showing the Soil quality monitoring Locations


E-13

ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT There are no endemic and endangered species of flora within the study region. There is no

wild life sanctuary, national park or bird sanctuary with in the 15 km radius of the project

site.

SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT Study of socio-economic profile around the proposed project site has been carried out

based on “Census of India 2011. As per the prescribed TOR of the EIA Study for the

proposed project, the study area has been considered to be an area covered within a radius

of 10 km around the proposed project site beyond which appreciable positive impact due

to the project is envisaged.

The salient features of socioeconomic profile of the Study Area are as follows: The population in the study area is 16688

The Sex Ratio (Female per 1000 Male) is 926.

Scheduled Tribes (ST) as percentage of total population is 9.80%. Scheduled

Castes (SC) as percentage to the total population are 7.63%.

Overall literacy rate, according to 2011 Census is 77.57%. The male literacy

rate is 81.99% while female literacy rate is 72.79%.

The percentage of main workers is 25.84% of total population and the

Percentage of marginal workers is 8.38 %. The percentage of non-workers is

65.78%


E-14

III. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &MITIGATION MEASURES

IMPACT ON AMBIENT AIR ENVIRONMENT The only point sources of emissions are D.G sets & Fire Engines. They have been fitted

with stacks of adequate height to disperse the pollutants. Fugitive. No emissions are

generated during the operations.

IMPACT ON WATER ENVIRONMENT Total water requirement for the Plant is 3 KLD which is meet through bore wells .

Domestic sewage generated will be disposed to septic tank & soak pits of 2m x 1.5m x

1.5m each. There will be no process / trade effluent generated during operations.

IMPACT ON AMBIENT NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The only source of noise within the Plant is during D.G set operation. DG sets are

placed within acoustic enclosures. Vacant spaces within the Plant has been earmarked

for greenbelt to contain the spread of noise emissions.

IMPACT ON LAND ENVIRONMENT Total land including the land required for expansion is under possession of BPCL.

Hence, the land environment will not undergo any major irreversible and irretrievable

change.

IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Expansion of the storage capacity of the Plant shall improve supply position of the

petroleum products in the neighbouring areas of Khurda whereby quality of life is

likely to improve.


E-15

IV ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

Sl.No Potential Impact

Action to be Followed Parameters for Monitoring

Frequency of Monitoring

1 Air Emissions

Emissions from D.G sets & Fire Engines

Gaseous emissions (SPM, SO2, NOX,CO)

As per CPCB/SPCB requirement

AAQ within the project premises and nearby habitations to be monitored All vehicles to be PUC certified.

PM10&PM2.5, SO2& NOX , Methane, Non Methane HC

And VOC Vehicle logs to be maintained

As per CPCB/SPCB requirement

Meteorological data

Wind speed, direction, temperature, relative humidity and rainfall

Continuous monitoring using automatic weather station

2

Noise Noise generated from operation of Pumps, DG sets to be monitored

Spot Noise Level recording

Periodic during operation phase

3 Wastewater Discharge

Waste water Discharge from canteen, drains etc.

Selected parameters like PH, TSS, TDS, COD, BOD, OIL & Grease etc.

As recommended by BPCB

4 Solid waste/ Hazardous waste

Check compliance to HWM rules

Quality & quantity monitoring

Periodically

5 Ground Water Quality and Water Levels

Monitoring ground water quality, around plant site and levels

Comprehensive monitoring as per IS 10500 Groundwater level BGL

Periodically

6 Flora and fauna

Vegetation, greenbelt / green cover development

No. of plants, species

Once a year

7 Soil quality Checking & Maintenance of good soil quality around the site

Physico-chemical parameters and metals.

Once a year

8 Health Employees and migrant labours health check up.

All relevant parameters including HIV

Regular checkups as per Factories Act.


E-16

V. BENEFITS OF PROJECT

The proposed project is expected to bring significant socio-economic and

environmental benefits both at local and national level. Due to increase in storage

capacity, supply position of petroleum product will improve which will help in growth

of economic activity. The physical and social infrastructure will improve in a

significant manner. The project will also create some long term and short-term direct /

indirect employment. Thus, the proposed project has ushered in the social and

economic up-liftment of the persons living in the vicinity of the Project i.e. of society at

large.

VI. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

AIR ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT

Adequate green belt has been developed to mitigate the pollution arising due to

movement of vehicles. Regular monitoring of DG – Stack and Ambient air quality will

be carried out.

WATER ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT

Sewage generated will be disposed through septic tanks & soak pits.

NOISE ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT

All noise generating equipment’s like DG-Sets etc., will be provided with acoustic

enclosure to help in attenuating the noise levels thereby the ambient noise levels will be

maintained below the CPCB limits of 75 dB(A) for industrial areas.

SOLID & HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT.

No Solid Waste shall be generated from operation of proposed Mounded Bullets. Used

oil, grease and empty drums shall be disposed of through registered vendors as per

Handling of Waste Material and Transboundary Rules, 2008 and subsequent

amendments. This will ensure that there will not be any impact on soil quality due to

the disposal or deposition of solid/hazardous waste.


E-17

GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT

Green belt is proposed to be developed on 4.25 acres of the land which is about 33.33%

of the total area.

Details of greenbelt plantation

S.No List of tree saplings Nos

1 Sal 230

2 Flame of the forest 225

3 Deuedar 430

4 Neem 150

5 Teak 95

6 Jhau 180

7 Sisam 290

Total 1600


E-18

Fig – E-7 : Map showing the Soil quality monitoring Locations


E-19

HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY OF BPCL

COMPLIANCE TO TERMS OF REFERENCE Sl. No.

Description Compliance in the EIA report

TOR Conditions 1. Executive Summary of the Project detailing its

goals and objectives and significant other salient features, use of resources etc

Executive Summary is formulated as per Appendix IIIA of EIA Notification dated September 14, 2006 and the same is enclosed as separate document.

2 Project description and Project benefits Addressed in page 2-1 to 2-2 of Chapter-2

3 Land use details of the site based on satellite imagery

Addressed in page 2-9, fig no 2.7 of Chapter-2

4 Process details and design details of all the tanks with animated models

Addressed in page 2-14 fig no 2.9 and design no page 2-16 of Chapter-2

5 Proposal for safety buffer zone around the proposed site with map

Shown in the layout

6. A list of industries within 10 km radius of the project site

Addressed in chapter -3 in page no. 3-61

7. List of villages and population within 5 km Addressed in chapter -3 in page no.3-54, to 3-58

8. Location of National Parks and wild life sanctuary/ reserve forest within 10 km radius

Addressed in chapter -2 in page no.2-10

9. A copy of consent to operate accorded by the odisha state pollution control board (OSPCB) for the existing plant along with point – wise compliance report

Copy in Annexure III

10. Layout plan with provision truck parking area. Earmarking of area for parking of lorries at a location to avoid congestion

Layout given in the jacket

11. Details of the storage as well as filled & empty LPG cylinder and technical specifications with safety aspects & standards.

Addressed in Risk Analysis (ANX V) page 2 of Chapter-2 and in the Layout

12 OISD 169 & OISD 150 standard mounded storage facility should be provided

To be complied with

13. Site details including satellite imagery for 5 km around the site

Addressed in page 2-7, fig no 2.9 of chapter 2

14. Demography & Socio-economics of the area. Addressed in page 3-57 to 3-58 of Chapter-3

15. Baseline AAQ data three month (except monsoon) for air, water and soil for:

I. Ambient Air Quality monitoring for

PM2.5, PM10, S02, NOx

Addressed in page 3-30 of Chapter-3

Sl. No.


II. Background levels of hydrocarbons (methane & non-methane HC) and VOCs


III. Soil sample analysis Addressed in page 3-47 to 3-49 of Chapter-3

IV. Base line underground and surface water quality in the vicinity of project

Addressed in page 3-40 to 3-44 of Chapter-3

V. Climatology & Meteorology including wind speed, wind direction, temperature, rainfall etc.

Addressed in page 3-5 to 3-13 of Chapter-3

VI. Measurement of Noise levels Addressed in page 3-37 to 3-38 of Chapter-3

16. Details of water consumption and source of water supply, waste water generation, treatment and utilization of treated water generated from the facilities and effluent disposal and measures for release for effluent in case of fire

Addressed in page 2-20 Chapter-2

17. Storm water system should have provision to prevent any unintended oil in the drain to flow out with storm water. Details of OIL water seperator

Addressed in page 4-10 to Chapter-4

18. Detailed solid waste generation, collection, segregation, its recycling reuse, treatment and disposal


19. Assessment of impact on air, water, soil, solid/hazardous waste and noise levels

Addressed in page 4-5 to 4-6 Of Chapter-4

20. Details of proposed preventive measures for leakages and accident.

Addressed in Risk Analysis as Annexure V

21. Type of seismic zone Addressed in page 3-24 to 3-24 Chapter-3

22. Environmental Management Plan Addressed in Chapter-9

23. Risk assessment & Disaster Management Plan Addressed in Risk Analysis as Annexure vpage 2-20 to 2-22 of Chapter-2

i. Identification of hazards Addressed in chapter 3 Risk Analysis as Annexure V

ii. Consequence Analysis Addressed in chapter 8 Risk Analysis as Annexure V

iii. Preventive measures Addressed in page 2-7 of chapter IX of Risk Analysis as Annexure V

iv. Risk Assessment should also include leakage during storage, handling, transportation and proposed measures for risk reduction

Addressed in chapter 8 Risk Analysis as Annexure V

v. Fire & Explosion hazard Addressed in page chapter 6 Risk Analysis as Annexure V

vi. Risk assessment as per OISD 114 Addressed in page 8-14 chapter 6 Risk Analysis as Annexure V

Sl. No.


24. Risk Assessment should also include follow up/compliance to safety & hazardous material management facilities; cathodic protection to mounded bullets; possibility of fire and explosion accident; Risk assessment for accidents at site and its impact on adjoining area, risk mitigation measures, disaster management plan; onsite & off-site emergency plan

Addressed in the page2-18 to 2-19 Chapter-2

25. OISD-144, SMPV rules, gas cylinder rules should be followed

To be complied

26. Gas detection system & monitoring system shall be provided

Addressed in page 2-22 of the Chapter-2

27 Interlocking shut down device (ISD) should be connected to automatic shut down & auto operation fire hydrant network

Addressed in page no 2-26 to 2-28 of chapter 2

28. Action plan for firefighting facility as per OISD 117

Addressed in page no 2-22 to 2-25 of chapter 2

29. Details of proposed occupational Health Surveillance program for the employees and other labour.

Addressed in page 9-12 to 9-15 of the Chapter-9

30. Environmental Monitoring programme

Addressed in Chapter 6

31. Any litigation pending against the project and / or any direction / order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof.

Addressed in page 2-26 of the Chapter-2

32. Green Belt development plan in 33% area to be put in place

complied

33. Points raised/likely to be raised during public hearing and commitment of the projectproponent on the same may be included

Public hearing exempted by vide letter no 1642/SEIAA dated 23.06.2016 issued by SEIAA Addressed in anx - VI

34. Since, it is an on-going project, CSR activities already taken up to be detailed

Addressed in page 9-14 to 9-15 of the Chapter-9

General Points

The following general points should be noted : i. All documents should be properly

indexed, page numbered Complied

ii. Period / date of data collection should be clearly indicated

Complied

iii. The letter/application for Environmental should quote the SEAC file no and also attach a copy of the letter as an annexure to the final EIA-EMP Report.

NA

iv. The index of the final EIA-EMP report must indicate the specific chapter and page no of the EIA-EMP Report

Complied

Sl. No.


v. While preparing the EIA report, the instructions for the proponents and instructions for the consultants issued by MoEF vide O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006-IA.II (I) dated 4th August, 2009; which are available on the website of this Ministry should also be followed.

Complied

vi. The consultants involved in the preparation of EIA-EMP report should be an accredited with quality council of india (QCI) / National Accreditation Board of Education and training (NABET) and a certificate in this regard should be annexed in the EIA/EMP reports. Data provided by other organanization.

Complied

CONTENTS CHAPTER # TITLE PAGE NO

CHAPTER-1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Purpose of the Report 1-1 to 1-1

1.2 Identification of Project 1-1 to 1-1

1.3 Identification of Project Proponent 1-2 to 1-3

1.4 Brief description of Proposed Project 1-3 to 1-3

1.4.1 Nature, Location & Size of the Project 1-3 to 1-3

1.4.2 Need for the Project and its Importance 1-3 to 1-4

1.5 Approach Methodology 1-4 to 1-5

1.5.1 Study Period 1-5 to 1-5

1.6 Need for EIA 1-5 to 1-5

1.7 Structure of EIA Report 1-6 to 1-6

1.8 Regulatory Framework and Environmental Legislations

1-6 to 1-6

1.8.1 Legislative Background 1-6 to 1-7

1.8.2 Regulatory Framework 1-7 to 1-8

1.8.3 Environmental Legislations 1-9 to 1-15

1.8.4 Applicable Environmental Standards 1-16 to 1-22

CHAPTER -2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Introduction 2-1 to 2-1

2.2 Need for the project 2-2 to 2-2

2.3 Site characterestic 2-3 to 2-3

2.3.1 Location 2-3 to 2-4

2.3.2 Connectivity 2-5 to 2-5

2.3.3 Environmental settings 2-6 to 2-10

2.3.4 Land requirement 2-11 to 2-12

2.4 Magnitude of operation 2-13 to 2-13

2.5 Description of Process 2-13 to 2-14

2.6 Raw Material Requirements 2-15 to 2-15

2.7 Infrastructure at the Facility 2-15 to 2-15

2.7.1 Description of Bullets & Mounded Bullets 2-16 to 2-18

2.8 Power Requirement 2-19 to 2-19

2.9 Manpower Requirement 2-19 to 2-19

2.10 FRESH Water Requirement 2-20 to 2-20

2.11 Pollution control measures proposed 2-21 to 2-21

2.12 Wastewater Generation 2-21 to 2-21

2.13 Solid waste Generation & Disposal 2-21 to 2-22

2.14 Details on Fire Protection System and Safety

Measures 2-22 to2-25

2.15 Project Cost 2.26 to 2.26

2.16 Litigation Pending Against The Project 2.26 to 2.26

CHAPTER-3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


3.2 Scope of baseline study 3-1 to 3-4

3.3 Rainfall & climate 3-5 to 3-13

3.4 Drainage 3-14 to 3-14

3.5 Details of establishments within 500m of LPG Plant

3-15 to 3-15

3.6 Geomorphology 3-15 to 3-16

3.7 Soil 3-16 to 3-17

3.8 Ground water scenario 3-18 to 3-22

3.9 Land use 3-23 to 3-23

3.10 Seismicity 3-24 to 3-24

3.11 Air environment 3-25 to 3-25

3.11.1 Selection of sampling locations 3-25 to 3-26

3.11.2 Parameters for sampling 3-27 to 3-27

3.11.3 Instruments used for sampling 3-27 to 3-27

3.11.4 Sampling and analytical techniques 3-28 to 3-29

3.11.5 Results 3-29 to 3-31

3.11.6 Observations 3-32 to 3-32

3.12 Noise environment 3-33 to 3-33

3.12.1 Intification of sampling locations 3-33 to 3-33

3.12.2 Instrument used for sampling 3-34 to 3-34

3.12.3 Method of monitoring 3-34 to 3-36

3.12.4 Results 3-37 to 3-37


3.13 Water environment 3-38 to 3-38

3.13.1 Sampling locations 3-38 to 3-40

3.13.2 Results 3-40 to 3-43


3.14 Soil environment 3-44 to 3-44

3.14.1 Soil analysis 3-45 to 3-49

3.15 Ecological environment 3-49 to 3-49

3.15.1 Objectives of ecological studies 3-49 to 3-49

3.15.2 Methodology adopted for the study 3-50 to 3-50

3.15.2.1 Flora in the study area 3-50 to 3-51

3.15.2.2 Fauna in the study area 3-51 to 3-51

3.15.3 Environmental sensitivity 3-52 to 3-52

3.16 Socio-economic environment 3-52 to 3-53

3.16.1 Methodology 3-53 to 3-53

3.16.2 Sources of information 3-53 to 3-53

3.16.3 Settlement pattern 3-54 to 3-56

3.16.3.1 Population 3-57 to 3-57

3.16.3.2 Demography 3-57 to 3-58

3.16.3.3 Distribution of population 3-58 to 3-58

3.16.3.4 Average household size 3-59 to 3-59

3.16.3.5 Occupational Structure 3-59 to 3-59

3.16.4 Availability of Infrastructure 3-60 to 3-61

CHAPTER-4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES


4.2.1 Impact on topography 4.1 to 4-1

4.2.1.1 Impact during construction phase 4-1 to 4-4

4.2.1.2 Mitigation measures during construction phase 4-4 to 4-5

4.2.2 Operation phase 4-5 to 4-5

4.2.2.1 Impact during operation phase 4-5 to 4-8

4.2.2.2 Mitigation measures during operation phase 4-8 to 4-11

4.3 Ireversible And Irretrievable Commitments Of Environmental Components

4-11 to 4-13

4.4 Assessment Of Significance Of Impacts 4-13 to 4-18

4.5 Environmental Impact Matrix 4-18 to 4-19

4.6 Mitigation Measures 4-19 to 4-23

4.7 Conclusions 4-24 to 4-24

CHAPTER-5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

5.1 Alternatives Considered 5-1 to 5-1

5.1.1 Siting of the Project 5-1 to 5-2

5.1.2 Technology / Process 5-2 to 5-2

CHAPTER-6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 Objective 6-1 to 6-2

6.2 Ambient air quality 6-3 to 6-3

CHAPTER-7 RISK ANALYSIS STUDY

7.1 7.1 Risk Analysis Study 7-1 to 7-6

7.2 7.2 R & R action plan 7-6 to 7-6

7.3 7.3 Public Consultation 7-6 to 7-6

CHAPTER-8 PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 Project Benefits 8-1 to 8-2

CHAPTER-9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9.1 Environmental Management Plan ( EMP) 9-1 to 9-1

9.1.1 Preamble 9-1 to 9-1

9.1.2 Impact Mitigation Measure During

Construction Phase

9-1 to 9-5

9.1.3 Impact Mitigation Measure During Operation Phase

9-6 to 9-11

9.1.4 Environmental Management Cell 9-11 to 9-12

9.1.5 Safety Health & Environment Policy of BPCL 9-13 to 9-19

CHAPTER -10 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

10.1 Silent Features of the Projects 10-2 to 10-2

10.2 Summary of Environmental Impact &

Mitigation Measures

10-3 to 10-8

10.3 Overall Justification for Implementation of the

Project

10-8 to 10-9

10.4 Explanation on the Environmental Mitigation 10-9 to 10-10

10.5 Conclusion 10-10to 10-10

CHAPTER-11 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT

11.1 Introduction 11.1 to 11.2

11.2 Service of ABC Techno Lab Private Limited 11.2 to 11.2

11.2.1 Environmental Services 11.2 to 11.2

11.2.2 Turn Key Projects 11.2 to 11.2

11.2.3 Other Services 11.3 to 11.3

11.2.4 Laboratory Services 11.3 to 11.3

11.3 Sector Accredited by Nabet 11.3 to 11.4

11.4 Study Team 11.4 to 11.5

LIST OF ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE #

TITLE

1 Form-1

2 TOR

3 Consent to Operate

4 PESO License

5 Risk Analysis Report

6 Public Hearing Exemption letter

7 Accreditation Of NABET / QCI

8 Testing Reports

9 Plot Plan

LIST OF TABLE

TABLE # TITLE PAGE NO

1.1 Key organization & their function 1-7 to 1-8

1.2 Normal Ambient air quality standards(NAAQS),2009 1-16 to 1-16

1.3 Source Emission Discharge standards 1-17 to 1-17

1.4 Standards for Industrial & Sewage Effluents 1-21 to 1-22

2.1 Environmental setting of the project site 2-10 to 10

2.2 Land use breakup 1-11 to 2-11

2.3 Bullet & Mounded Bullet details 2-13 to 2-13

2.4 List of Equipments/ facilities & number 2-15 to 2-15

2.5 Details of DG sets 2-19 to 2-19

2.6 Mapower 2-19 to 19

2.7 Water balance table 2-20 to 2-20

2.8 Details on air pollution control equipment 2-21 to 2-21

2.9 List of fire protection equipment 2-24 to 2-25

3.1 Environmental Attributes 3-2 to 3-2

3.2 Frequency & Monitoring Methodology 3-3 to 3-4

3.3 Weather for the month of September 2015 3-6 to 3-6

3.4 Weather for the month of October 2015 3-8 to 3-8

3.5 Weather for the month of November 2015 3-10 to 3-10

3.6 Weather for the month of December 2015 3-12 to 3-12

3.7 Land use Classification 3-23 to 3-23

3.8 Ambient air quality monitoring location 3-26 to 3-26

3.9 Techniques used for Ambient air quality monitoring 3-29 to 3-29

3.10 Summary of Ambient Air quality result 3-30 to 3-31

3.11 Noise quality monitoring station 3-33 to 3-33

3.12 Ambient Noise level 3-37 to 3-37

3.13 Ambient Noise quality standards 3-37 to 3-37

3.14 Water quality Monitoring Locations 3-39 to 3-39

3.15 Results for water Analysis 3-41 to 3-43

3.16 Soil Sampling Locations 3-44 to 3-44

3.17 Soil Quality Results 3-47 to 3-47

3.18 Standard soil Classification 3-48 to 3-48

3.19 List of Flora observed in the study area 3-50 to 3-51

3.20 List of Fauna observed in the study area 3-51 to 3-51

3.21 Population observed in the villages within 5 km area from the project

site

3-54 to 3-54

3.22 Literacy rate observed in the villages within 5 km area from the project

site

3-55 to 3-55

3.23 Workers observed in the villages within 5 km area from the project site 3-56 to 3-56

3.24 Distribution of population in the study area 3-58 to 3-58

3.25 Occupational Structure 3-59 to 3-59

4.1 Environmental Matrix 4-18 to 4-18

4.2 General Standards for Discharge of Effluents 4-21 to 4-22

4.3 Environmental Impact Matrix 4-23 to 4-23

6.1 Environmental monitoring plan for proposed expansion project of LPG Plant

6-1 to 6-2

6.2 Method of Testing PM10/PM2.5 6-3 to 6-3

6.3 Method of Testing SO2 6-3 to 6-3

6.4 Method of Testing NOX 6-3 to 6-3

9.1 Details on Greenbelt Plantation 9-8 to 9-8

11.1 NABET Accredited Sector 11-3 to 11-4

11.2 Study Team 11-5 to 11-5

LIST OF FIGURE Figure# Title Page No

2.1 Google Image of the project site 2-3 to 2-3

2.2 Map showing the location of the project site 2-4 to 2-4

2.3 Map showing the connectivity of the project site 2-5 to 2-5

2.4 Topo sheet ( 10 KM surrounding Project site) 2-6 to 2-6

2.5 Landuse classification map ( 10 KM surrounding Project site) 2-7 to 2-7

2.6 Vicinity map of the study area 2-8 to 2-8

2.7 Satellite Imagery Of The Project 2-9 to 2-9

2.8 Site layout plan 2-12 to 2-12

2.9 Process flow chart 2-14 to 2-14

2.10 Photograph of Bullet 2-17 to 2-17

2.11 Photograph of Bullet from site 2.17 to 2.17

2.12 Photograph of Mounded Bullet 2-18 to 2-18

2.13 Water balance chart 2-20 to 2-20

2.14 Fire water storage tank 2-23 to 2-23

2.15 Fire Hydrant layout 2-27 to 2-27

3.1 Average rainfall of last 5 years 3-5 to 3-5

3.2 Wind rose for the month of September 2015 3-7 to 3-7

3.3 Wind rose for the month of October 2015 3-9 to 3-9

3.4 Wind rose for the month of November 2015 3-11 to 3-11

3.5 Wind rose for the month of December 2015 3-13 to 3-13

3.6 Drainage map 10 km of the study area 3-14 to 3-14

3.7 Geomorphology map of Study area 3-16 to 3-16

3.8 Soil type Map of the Study Area

3-17 to 3-17

3.9 Hydrology Map of Khurda District 3-18 to 3-18

3.10 Map showing the depth of water level in pre-monsoon 3-22 to 3-22

3.11 Map showing the depth of water level in post-monsoon 3-22 to 3-22

3.12 Land Use / Land cover within 10 km of the project site 3-23 to 3-23

3.13 Map showing seismic tectonic zone 3-24 to 3-24

3.14 Map showing air quality monitoring location 3-27 to 3-27

3.15 Map showing the location of Noise level monitoring location 3-36 to 3-36

3.16 Map showing the water quality monitoring station 3-40 to 3-40

3.17 Map showing the location of soil sampling location 3-46 to 3-46

9.1 Showing the green belt in the layout 9-9 to 9-9

9.2 Plantation within the Plant 9-10 to 9-10

9.3 Different tasks under Environmental Management Plan 9-11 to 9-11

9.4 Health safety & Environmental Policy of BPCL 9-17 to 9-17

CHAPTER – I

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT FOR PROPOSED STORAGE CAPACITY EXPANSION OF BPCL KHURDA LPG PLANT AT KHURDA, ODISHA

1-1

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION

1.1. PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

M/s. Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited (BPCL) is a public sector oil and gas

refining & marketing company with its headquarters in Mumbai. BPCL has set up L

Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) Plant at various strategic locations all over the

country to cater to the need of consumers. Khurda LPG plant is one of them. Its

existing capacity is 370 MT and is located at 33 No. Industrial Estate P.O PN College

Khurda which is 7 km away from Khurda Road Railway station at Odisha State.

BPCL proposes to install 3 nos Mounded Storage Vessels of 300 MT each for enhancing the

storage capacity by 900 MT. Total storage capacities after implementation of the project will

be 1270MT. Present facility is being operated with the Consent to Operate No. IND – IV –

HW – 302 / 14650 dt 04.09.2015 which is valid up to 31.03.2020 ( Annexure-III). CCOE’s

license from PESO, Nagpur was obtained for the existing capacity vide License No.

S/HO/OR/03/46 (S23369) and for filling/storing LPG cylinders vide Lic.No.

G/HO/OR/06/61(G20413) & G/HO/OR/05/70 dated 04.08.2015 (Annexure IV). Now,

BPCL wants to obtain Environmental Clearance for the proposed expansion of capacity.

BPCL has submitted their application for obtaining Environmental Clearance in Form

No.-1 (Annexure-I).

SEAC Odisha considered the proposed project for TOR finalization during the

meeting held on 05.8.2015 and issued the TOR vide no 572 /SEAC-295 dt 14th August

2015. The Expert Appraisal Committee prescribed the specific TOR for preparation of

EIA/EMP. The EIA report has been prepared as per the specified TOR (Annexure II).

1.2. IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT

LPG is received through Bullet trucks from IPPL Haldia & HPCL Vizag refinery and

BPCL Bina Refinery. The proposed project envisages expansion of the storage

capacity of LPG The Plant has existing storage capacity of 370 MT. which after

implementation of the project will be increased to 1270MT.


1-2

1.3 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT PROPONENT

Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited (BPCL) is a fortune 500 oil refining,

exploration and marketing PSU with Navratna status. BPCL has multiple refinery

units in Mumbai, Kochi, Numaligarh and Bina.

Bharat Petroleum’s Mumbai Refinery is one of the most versatile Refineries in India.

With successful implementation of various projects and de-bottlenecking, BPCL

Refineries currently process about 12 Million Metric Tons of crude oil per annum.

Kochi Refinery, a unit of Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited, was commissioned

in 1966 with a capacity of 50,000 barrels per day. Formerly known as Cochin

Refineries Limited and renamed as Kochi Refineries Limited, the refinery was

originally established in collaboration with Phillips Petroleum Corporation, USA.

Today it is a frontline entity as the unit of the Fortune 500 Company, BPCL.

Numaligarh Refinery Limited is a public sector oil company set up in the year 1993,

with its 3 MMT refinery situated in Numaligarh, Assam. The Refinery is one of the

most technologically advanced and environment friendly refineries in the country.

BPCL is the major share holder with 61.65% of the Company’s paid up equity capital.

Moreover, Bharat Oman Refineries Limited (BORL), a company promoted by Bharat

Petroleum Corporation Limited (BPCL) and Oman Oil Company Limited (OOCL),

has set up a 6 MMTPA grass root refinery at Bina, Madhya Pradesh along with crude

supply system consisting of a Single Point Mooring system (SPM), Crude Oil Storage

Terminal (COT) at Vadinar, District – Jamnagar, Gujrat and 935 Km long cross

country crude pipeline from Vadinar to Bina.

The proposed project is an expansion project in the existing LPG Plant with storage

Capacity 370 MT. BPCL now proposes to expand the capacity by 900 MT by

installing 3 Mounded Vessels of 300 MT each..

After implementation of the project, storage capacity will increase to 1270 MT.

The proposed expansion project at Khurda LPG Plant in Odisha will improve supply

position of the LPG which is necessey for bringing more people under coverage of


1-3

LPG use which will help in improving the quality of life. The improved LPG supply

will have strong logistical support for delivering the products to customers without

interruption.

At present total 53 staffs (Company Employees & Contract labours) are available for

total operation of LPG Plant at Khurda. Since the expansion work is not a major one, it

is envisaged that the existing manpower will also cater to the proposed expansion.

However, the proposed project has the potential of indirect employment generation

1.4. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

1.4.1 Nature, Location & Size of the Project

BPCL LPG Plant is located at Khurda Industrial Estate, at 33 No. Industrial Estate P.O PN

College Khurda which is 7 km away from Khurda Road Railway station at Odisha

State.

Capacity of the Plant is shown below.

Product Existing Proposed Storage Capacity

Above ground Bullet

2 x 60 MT 2 x 125 MT

- 370 MT

Mounded Bullets

- 3 x 300 MT 900 MT

Total 1270 MT

1.4.2 Need for the Project and Its Importance

The proposed expansion project at Khurda in Odisha will improve supply position of

the LPG which is vital for wider coverage of clean fuel user. The improved LPG

supply will have strong logistical support for delivering the products to customers

without interruption. The project will also provide indirect employment to unskilled,

semiskilled and skilled categories.


1-4

There is an urgent need for expansion of the capacity of the Plant to increase

production of LPG cylinders for domestic as well as industrial use to meet the

increasing demand of LPG in the state of Odisha.

Importance of the project are identified as follows:

- Demand of LPG products has increased with willingness of people for use of

alternative fuel for cooking.

- In order to meet the demand, BPCL proposes to increase the storage capacity

of their existing Plant at Khurda.

- The proposed project is meant for widening distribution network of LPG.

around Khurda.

- The project will directly generate some employment both during construction

and operation phase and some indirect employment is also likely to be

generated due to this project. This will help to enhance the economic condition

of this region.

- The project will help for further development of infrastructure facilities in the

region

1.5 APPROACH & METHODOLOGY

The primary objective of the EIA studies is to internalize and integrate the

environmental concerns / aspects and mitigation measures due to the expansion

of the production capacity in the existing Plant.

EIA study has been carried out with the following objectives:

Collection of baseline attributes in study area. The EIA will cover one season

baseline environmental data, as per the guidelines of MoEF, New Delhi. The

scope includes collection of baseline data, identification of various

environmental parameters such as Air, Water, Soil, Noise levels, Socio -

economic factors, land use factors, the status of the Flora- Fauna and wildlife in

the adjoining areas of the proposed project site.


1-5

Identification, prediction, evaluation & mitigation of biophysical, social & other

relevant effects of development on the environment during the operational

phase of the proposed project using mathematical / simulation models as per

applicable Indian law.

Preparation of Risk Assessment & Emergency Preparedness / Disaster

Management Plan for the project

Preparation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to be adopted for

mitigation of the anticipated adverse impacts of the project during operational

phase.

Delineation of the post project environmental quality monitoring program as per

the requirements of the regulatory authorities

1.5.1 STUDY PERIOD

For preparation of EIA report for the proposed storage capacity expansion of the LPG

Plant, the data was collected during the season (15th September 2015 to 15th

December 2015) from the study area. The micro climatic parameters were recorded

using automatic weather station for the study period. Wind speed, wind direction and

relative humidity were recorded on hourly basis. Minimum & maximum temperatures

were also recorded during the study period.

1.6 NEED FOR EIA

As per EIA Notification S.O. No 1533 issued on 14th September, 2006 and its

subsequent amendments the proposed project is falling under Schedule 6(b) – Isolated

storage & handling of hazardous chemicals and Category B. Hence this project

requires Environmental Clearance from SEIAA. Accordingly the EIA Report has been

prepared based on the prescribed Terms of Reference issued by SEAC Odisha, vide no

572 /SEAC-295 dt 14th August 2015.


1-6

1.7 STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT

The generic structure of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study for

proposed project is as follows,

Chapter 1: Introduction

Chapter 2: Project Description

Chapter 3: Description of the environment – present scenario of the land, soil, air,

meteorology, water, noise, biology and socio - economic environment

Chapter 4: Anticipated environmental impacts and its mitigation measures

Chapter 5: Alternative Analysis

Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Plan

Chapter 7: Risk Analysis study

Chapter 8: Project Benefits

Chapter 9: Environmental Management Plan

Chapter 10 : Summary & Conclusion

Chapter 11: Disclosure of Consultants

1.8 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK AND ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATIONS

1.8.1 LEGISLATIVE BACKGROUND

The 1972 UN Conference on Human Development at Stockholm influenced the need

for a well-developed legal mechanism to conserve resources, protect the environment

and ensure health and well being of the people. Over the years, the Government of

India has framed several policies and promulgated number of Acts, Rules and

Notifications aimed at management and protection of the environment. As a result,

India has incorporated a complex body of environmental legislation aimed at ensuring

that development processes meet the overall objective of promoting sustainability in

the long run.

Moreover, at a higher level, the Indian Constitution has also incorporated specific

articles to address environmental concerns through the 42nd Constitutional Amendment

of 1976. As stated in the Constitution of India, it is the duty of the state (Article 48 A)

to ‘protect and improve the environment and to safeguard the forests and wildlife of

the country’. It imposes a duty on every citizen (Article 51 A) ‘to protect and improve


1-7

the natural environment including forests, lakes, rivers and wildlife’. Reference to the

environment has also been made in the Directive Principles of State Policy as well as

the Fundamental Rights

It is important to mention over here that the Central Government framed an ‘umbrella

law’, called the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 to broadly encompass and

regulate an array of environmental issues. The overall purpose of EPA is to establish

an overall coherent policy and provide a basis for coordinated work of various

government agencies with operational responsibility for the protection of environment

and natural resources. The legislation also invests authorities with regulatory powers

to address specific issues affecting the environment. The Act also does not allow any

person to carry on an industry, operation or process that discharge or emit any

environmental pollutants in excess of standards prescribed under specific Rules and

Notifications.

1.8.2 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

The Indian Constitution provides necessary directives and powers for framing and

enforcing environmental legislation. The Ministry of Environment and Forests

(MoEF), the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) and State Pollution Control

Boards (SPCBs) form the regulatory and administrative core.

Table 1.1 Key Organization and their functions

Organizations Main functions Ministry of Environment &

Forest (MoEF)

Environment Policy Planning Ensure effective implementation of legislation Promotion of the Environmental Education, Training and Awareness Coordination with concerned agencies at the national and International levels Monitoring and Control of Pollution Environmental Clearances for Industrial and Developmental project (Category A as per EIA Notification, 2006). SEIAA (constituted by the Central Government/MoEF under sub-section (3) of section 3 of the EPA, 1986) give Environmental Clearance in case of Category B projects


1-8

Central Pollution Control

Board (CPCB)

Technical guidance for the Central Government on

the matters concerning prevention, control and

abatement of Water and Air pollution

Planning and execution of nationwide programmes

for the prevention, control or abatement of Water and

Air Pollution

Ensure compliance with the provisions of the

Environment (Protection) Act, 1986

Co-ordinate and provide technical and research

assistance to State Boards

Lay down, modify or annul the standards for

environmental attributes

State Pollution Control

Board (SPCB)/ Pollution

Control Committee (PCC)

for Union Territories

Planning and execution of state wide programmes for

the prevention, control or abatement of Water and Air

Pollution

Technical Guidance for State Government on

prevention, control and abatement of Water and Air

Pollution and sitting of industries

Ensure compliance with the provisions of the relevant

Acts

Lay down, modify or annul the standards for various

Environmental Attributes

Ensure legal action against defaulters


1-9

1.8.3 ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATIONS

The proposed project shall abide the provisions of various environmental legislations.

An outline of important environmental legislations is given below

1 Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 amended in 1993 and 2002

The act was enacted with the objective of effectively protecting the wild life

of this country and to control poaching, smuggling and illegal trade in

wildlife and its derivatives. The Act was amended in January 2003 and

punishment and penalty for offences under the Act have been made more

stringent. The Ministry has proposed further amendments in the law by

introducing more rigid measures to strengthen the Act. The objective is to

provide protection to the listed endangered flora and fauna and ecologically

important protected areas.

In exercise of the powers of the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 (53 of 1972),

the following rules have been laid down,

The Wildlife (Transactions and Taxidermy) Rules, 1973.

The Wildlife (Stock Declaration) Central Rules, 1973

The Wildlife (Protection) Licensing (Additional Matters for Consideration)

Rules, 1983

The Wildlife (Protection) Rules, 1995.

The Wildlife (Specified Plants - Conditions for possession by licensee)

Rules, 1995.

The Wildlife (Specified Plant Stock Declaration) Central Rules, 1995.

The National Board for Wild Life Rules, 2003

The Recognition of Zoo Rules, 2009


1-10

2 The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 amended in 1988

Its objective was to ensure that the domestic and industrial pollutants are not

discharged into rivers, and lakes without adequate treatment. The reason is that

such a discharge renders the water unsuitable as a source of drinking water, for

the purposes of irrigation and to support marine life. In order to achieve its

objective Pollution Control Boards at Central and State levels were created to

establish and enforce standards for factories discharging pollutants into bodies of

water. The State Boards are empowered to issue Consent for Establishment

(CFE) whenever a firm wanted to establish a new factory and also issue Consent

for Operation (CFO) for existing factories. They were also given the authority to

close factories or, in the case of disconnecting power and water supply, issue

directions to the concerned Departments for enforcement of Boards standards

In exercise of the powers of the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act,

1974 following rule has been laid down,

The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Rules, 1975 amended in 2011.

3

The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977 amended in 2003

It was enacted to provide for the levy and collection of a cess on water consumed

by persons operating and carrying on certain types of industrial activities. This cess

is collected with a view to augment the resources of the Central Board and the

State Boards for the prevention and control of water pollution constituted under the

Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974.

4 The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 amended in 1988

This Act provides for the conservation of forests and regulating diversion of

Forest lands for non-forestry purposes. When projects fall within forestlands, prior

clearance is required from relevant authorities under the Forest (Conservation) Act,

1980. State governments cannot de-reserve any forestland or authorize its use for any

non-forest purposes without approval from the Central government.

In exercise of the powers of the Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980, The Forest

(Conservation) Rules, 2003 has been laid down


1-11

5 The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act , 1981 amended in 1987

The objective of the Air Act of 1981 was to control and reduce air pollution. The

working of this Act and the enforcement mechanisms are similar to that of Water

Act. What was novel is that the Act also called for the abatement of noise

pollution.

In exercise of the powers of the Air Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act,

1981, the following rules have been laid down,

The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Rules, 1982.

6

The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 amended in 1991

It was enacted with the objective of providing for the protection and improvement

of the environment. It empowers the Central Government to establish authorities

[under section 3(3)] charged with the mandate of preventing environmental

pollution in all its forms and to tackle specific environmental problems that are

peculiar to different parts of the country.

In exercise of the powers conferred by sections 6 and 25 of the Environment

(Protection) Act, 1906 (29 of 1986), the Central Government makes the

Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986 amended in 1987, 1988, 1989, 1991, 1992,

1993 and 1998.

The power conferred by the Environment Protection Act are followed under the

following heads of Coastal Regulation Zone, Delegation of Powers, Eco-marks

Scheme, Eco-sensitive Zone, Environmental Clearance, Environmental Labs,

Environmental Standards, Hazardous Substances Management, Loss of Ecology,

Noise Pollution, Ozone Layer Depletion, Water Pollution

Under provisions of EPA, 1986 amended in 1991 – the following rules have been laid

down

6.1 The Manufacture, Storage and import of Hazardous Chemical Rules, 1989

amended in 2000

It defines the terms used in this context, and sets up an authority to inspect, once a

year, the industrial activity connected with hazardous chemicals and isolated

storage facility


1-12

6.2 The Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness, and Response) Rules, 1996

The rules enacted for preparedness and response, during operation of on-site and Off-

site Emergency Plans during chemical disaster. Under these Rules "State Crisis

Group", "District Crisis Groups" and the "Local Crisis groups" should be constituted.

The major functions of the State Crisis Group is to review all District Off-site

Emergency Plans in the State, with a view to examine its adequacy and to assist the

State Government in the planning, preparedness and mitigation during a major

chemical accident, and to continuously monitor the post-accident situation arising out

of major chemical accident in the State and to forward a report to the Central Crisis

Group. The functions of the District Crisis Group are to assist in the preparation of

the district Off-Site Emergency Plan, review all the On-Site Emergency Plans and to

assist the district administration in the management of chemical accident at a site and

to continuously monitor chemical accidents. The District Crisis group is also required

to conduct periodically mock-drill of a chemical accident at a site every year and to

forward a report on the strength and the weakness of the Plan to the State Crisis

Group. The "Local Crisis Group" is a body in the industrial pocket, to deal with

chemical accident and to coordinate efforts in planning, preparedness and mitigation

efforts during such an accident. Its duties require preparation of Local Emergency

Plan for industrial pocket, dovetailing of Local Emergency Plan, with the district Off-

site Emergency Plan and to train personnel in management of a chemical disaster and

to educate the people (population) likely to be affected during a chemical accident

about the remedies and existing preparedness and to periodcally conduct mock-drill

of a chemical accident and to forward a report to the District Crisis Group

6.3 The Environment (Sitting for Industrial Projects) Rules, 1999

It lays down detailed provisions relating to areas to be avoided for siting of

industries, precautionary measures to be taken for site selecting as also the aspects of

environmental protection which should have been incorporated during the

implementation of the industrial development projects


1-13

6.4 The Municipal Solid Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 2000

The MSW Rules provide a framework encompassing collection, transportation,

treatment and disposal of municipal solid waste. These Rules are complemented by the

existing Biomedical Waste Rules of 1998 and Hazardous Waste Rules of 1989

respectively, whereby disposal of these wastes along with usual urban municipal waste

is prohibited. As per these Rules, every municipality is responsible for providing

integrated services and infrastructure facilities for solid waste management within its

jurisdiction. Its responsibilities are defined all the way from preparing the community

for segregated collection to inoffensive storage, transportation, appropriate processing

and safe disposal from environmental and health point of views.

6.5 The Ozone Depleting Substances (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 It have been laid down for the regulation of production and consumption of ozone

depleting substances

6.6 The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) (Amendment) Rules, 2002 It lays down such terms and conditions as are necessary to reduce noise pollution, permit

use of loud speakers or public address systems during night hours (between 10:00 p.m. to

12:00 midnight) on or during any cultural or religious festive occasion .

6.7 The Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2008 amended in 2009 It is to control the generation, collection, treatment, import, storage, and handling of

hazardous waste.

7 The Biological Diversity Act, 2002 It was born out of India's attempt to realise the objectives enshrined in the United

Nations Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) 1992 which recognizes the

sovereign rights of states to use their own Biological Resources. The Act aims at the

conservation of biological resources and associated knowledge as well as facilitating

access to them in a sustainable manner and through a just process For purposes of

implementing the objects of the Act it establishes the National Biodiversity Authority

in Chennai.

In exercise of the powers conferred by section 62 of the Biological Diversity Act, 2002,

and in supersession of the National Biodiversity Authority (salary, Allowances and

conditions of service of Chairperson and other Members) Rules, 2003 except as respect


1-14

to things done or omitted to be done before such supersession, the Central Government

makes the Biological Diversity Rules, 2004.

8 Charter on Corporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection (CREP)

The Charter on CREP, which was launched in 2002, in a National Seminar at New Delhi,

enlists time-bound action plans in respect of highly polluting categories of various industries,

including dyes and dye intermediates, for progressive upgradation of technologies and in-

plant practices for reduction of pollutants as well as improvement in waste management

systems. An industry specific interaction meet with respect to pulp and paper industry was

organized in December 2002 and the CREP norms came into force in 2003. The charter on

CREP requires the following norms for the pharmaceutical industry to be implemented within

the schedule specified

Wastewater Management

Industry Associations will conduct feasibility study for adoptions of cleaner

technologies for H- Acid manufacture (Catalytic hydrogenation and others) within

one year

Industries will submit a proposal for recovery and purification by June 2003.

Dye intermediate industries will install salt recovery systems in case of sodium sulphate from dyestuff and reuse recovered salt in the process by December 2003.

An action plan for installation /up gradation of incineration systems as per CPCB

guidelines to handle concentrated wastewater and reuse of treated weak wastewater will be submitted within six months

Industry Associations will encourage waste exchange for proper use of weak acids.

(Action within one year

Wherever possible waste generated from one industry will be utilized by others (e.g use of effluent generated from Vinly Sulphone plant in H- Acid plant). Action plan in this regard will be submitted by April 2004.

Industries will regularly monitor ground water quality. This will be initiated

immediately

H- Acid industries will examine the feasibility to increases product yield from 1.09 to 1.86 for reducing iron sludge, within six months

In case of dyestuff, wherever possible ( to be decided by the task Force within six

months), industries will use spray drying instead of salting to minimize load on


1-15

Effluent Treatment Plants

Industries will submit proposal on adoption of waste minimization practices by June 2003.

Existing standards will be reviewed in consultation with industries. Action in this

regard will be taken within six months.

Air Pollution Management

Industries will minimize loss of volatile organics (solvent recovery of at lead either individually or collectively. An action plan will be submitted by June 2003.

Scrubbing systems for SOx and NOx emission will be upgraded by July 2003.

Solid Management

Proper on site storage facilities and final disposal of solid waste on secured landfill will be ensured immediately

Better Management Practices

Improvement of housekeeping such as concreting of floors, sealing of breaches/leakages in the system, replacement of corrosive pipe lines, etc to prevent spillages, leakages, fugitive emissions will be done three months


1-16

1.8.4 APPLICABLE ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS

The MoEF has the overall responsibility to set policy and standards for the protection of

environment along with Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB).

A) National Ambient Air Quality Standards

In the exercise of powers conferred by Sub-section (2) (h) of section 16 of the Air (Prevention

and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981(Act No. 14 of 1981), and in supersession of the

notification No(s). S.O. 384(E) dated 11th April 1994 and S.O. 935 (E) dated 14th October,

1998, CPCB notified the following National Ambient Air Quality Standards.

Table1.2 - National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), 2009

Sl. No Parameters

Concentration in Ambient Air – Rural, Industrial, Residential, and

other area 1 Sulphur Dioxide ( SO2) 80 μg/mP3P (24 hours*)

2 Nitrogen Dioxide (NOR2R) 80 μg/mP3P (24 hours*) 3 Particular Matter size less than 10μm

(PMR10R) 100 μg/mP

3P (24 hours*)

4 Particular Matter size less than 2.5 μm (PM R2.5R)

60 μg/mP

3P (24 hours*)

5 Lead (Pb) 1.0 μg/mP

3P (24 hours*)

6 Carbon Monoxide (CO) 4.0μg/mP

3P (01 hour*)

7 Ozone (OR3R) 180 μg/mP

3P (1 hour*)

8 Ammonia (NHR3R) 400 μg/mP

3P (24 hours*)

9 Benzene (CR6RHR6R) 5 μg/mP

3P (Annual**)

10 Benzo (α) pyrene (particulate phase only) – (BaP)

1 ng/mP3P (Annual**)

11 Arsenic (As) 6 ng/mP

3P (Annual**)

12 Nickel (Ni) 20 ng/mP

3P (Annual**)

** Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform intervals.

* 24 hourly or 08 hourly or 01 hourly monitored values as applicable shall be compiled with 98% of the time in a year. 2% of the time they may exceed the limits but

not on two consecutive days of monitoring


1-17

B) Maximum Permissible Emission Concentrations

The maximum permissible limits for source emission, as per ‘EPA Notification’ are

presented hereunder

Table1.3 - Source Emission Discharge Standards

S. No. Parameter Standard (Concentration not to

exceed in mg/NmP3P 1 Particulate matter (PM) 150 2 Total Fluoride 25 3 Asbestos 4 Fibres/cc and dust should not be

more than 2 mg/NmP3P 4 Mercury 0.2 5 Chlorine 15 6 Hydrochloric acid vapour and mist 35 7 Sulphuric acid mist 50 8 Carbon monoxide 1% max. (v/v) 9 Lead 10 mg/Nm3

C) Specification of Diesel fuel for emission related parameters as per EPA rules, 1986.

S.

No. Characteristics Requirement Method of Test

(Ref: IS-1448 1 Density at 15o C, Kg/mP3 820 to 880 2 Cetane Number, Min 45

3 Distillation 85 percent by volume recovery at 0C Max 95 percent

350

4 by volume recovery at 0C, Max 370 5 Sulphur, percent by mass* 0.50

* (i) 0.50 percent by mass by 1st April 1996 in four metros and Taj Trapezium;

(ii) 0.25 percent by mass by 1st October, 1996 in Taj Trapezium; (iii) 0.25 percent by mass by 1st April, 1996 throughout the country

Note:

(a) Above specifications apply to HSD only. (b) For new refineries coming during or after 1997 specification applicable by 2000 for

existing refineries shall be applicable by 1997.


1-18

D). Ambient Noise Standards, 2000

Category of Zones Leq in dB(A) Day * Night +

Industrial 75 70 Commercial 65 55 Residential 55 45

Silence Zone ** 50 40 * Day Time is from 6.00 AM and 10.00 PM.

P+P Note –2 :Night Time is reckoned between 10.00 PM and 6.00 AM

** Silence Zone is defined as an area up to 100 m around premises of Hospitals,

Educational Institutions and Courts. Use of vehicle horn, loudspeaker and bursting of crackers is banned in these zones.

Note: Mixed categories of areas be declared as one of the four above mentioned

categories by the competent Authority and the corresponding standards shall apply

Source: Central Pollution Control Board

E) Environmental Standards For Boilers as per EPA rules, 2006 Boiler ( Small)

9TSteam generation capacity (tph) 9TPollutant 9TEmission limit(mg/NmP

3P)

Less than 2 Particulate Matter 1200* 2 to less than 10 -do- 800* 10 to less than 15 -do- 600*

15 and above -do- 150**

T* To meet the respective standards, cyclone/multicyclone is recommended as control equipment with the boiler

** To meet the standards, bag filter/ESP is recommended as control equipment with the

boiler

Note: 12% of CO2 correction shall be the reference value for particulate matter emission

standards for all categories of boilers

These limits shall supersede the earlier limits notified under Schedule I at Sr. No. (34) of EPA. 1986 ' (GSR 742E dated 30 August. 1990)


1-19

F) Emission Limits for New Diesel Engines (Upto 800 KW) for Generator Sets (DG)

The emission limits for new diesel engines up to 800 KW, for gensets applications as per EPA rules 1986 shall be as given in the Table below

Capacity of DG Set

Date of Implementation

Emission Limits (g/KW-hr) for

Smoke Limit (Light

Absorption mP-1P)

at full load

Test Cycle

NOx HC CO PM Torque

(%) Weighting

factors

Upto 19 KW 01.07.2005 9.2 1.3 3.5 0.3 0.7 100 0.05

75 0.25 19 KW to 176 KW

01.01.2004 9.2 1.3 5.0 0.5 0.7 50 0.30 01.07.2004 9.2 1.3 3.5 0.3 0.7 25 0.30

176 KW to

800KW 0.1.11.2014 9.2 1.3 3.5 0.3 0.7 10 0.10

G) Noise Limits For Generator Sets run with Diesel as per EPA rules, 1986

Standard Guidelines for control of Noise Pollution from Stationary Diesel Generator

(DG) Sets

Noise limit for diesel generator sets (up to 1000 KVA) manufactured on or after

the 1st January, 2005

The maximum permissible sound pressure level for new diesel generator (DG) sets

with rated capacity upto 1000 KVA, manufactured on or after the 1st January, 2005

shall be 75 dB(A) at 1 metre from the enclosure surface.

The diesel generator sets should be provided with integral acoustic enclosure at the

manufacturing stage itself.

H). Effluent Standards for Dyes and Dye Intermediates Industry as EPA rules, 1986

S.No Parameters Standards* I. Compulsory Parameters

1 pH 6.0-8.5 2 Oil & Grease 10 3 BOD (3 days at 27°C)** 100 4 Total Suspended Solids 100 5 Bio-Assay Test 90% survival of fish after first 96

hours in 100 % effluent***


1-20

II. Additional Parameters 6 Mercury 0.01 7 Arsenic 0.20 8 Chromium (CrP6+) 0.10 9 Lead 0.10

10 Cyanide 0.10 11 Phenolics (CR6RHR5ROH) 1.0 12 Sulphides (as S) 2.0 13 Phosphate (as P) 5.0

* All values are given in mg/l except pH

** The BOD and COD limits shall be 30 mg/l and 250 mg/l respectively if treated effluent

is directly discharged in to a fresh water body (i.e.) stream, canal, river or canal

*** The Bioassay Test shall be conducted as per IS:6582-1971.

(i) Parameters listed as “Additional Parameters” shall be prescribed depending upon the

process and product.

(ii) Limits for total dissolved solids in effluent shall be prescribed by the concerned

pollution control board/pollution control committee depending upon the recipient water

body].


1-21

I) Indian Standards for Industrial & Sewage Effluents (IS 2490:1982)

Table 1.4 Standards for Industrial & Sewage Effluents

S.No

Characteristic

Tolerance Limits for Discharge of Trade Effluents into

Inland surface

Waters(a)

Public Sewers

(b)

On Land for Irrigation(c)

Marine Coastal Areas (d)

1 Colour & Odour - - - -

2

Suspended Solids mg/1

100 600 200 a) For process waste water-100 b) For cooling water effluent

10 percent above total suspended matter of

influent cooling water

3

Particle Size of Suspended Solids

Shall pass 850

micron I.S. Sieve

- - a) Floatable solids maximum

3mm. b) Settlable

solids maximum 850 microns

4. Dissolved Solids (inorganic) mg/l

2100 2100 2100 -

5 pH Value 5.5 to 9 5.5 to 9 5.5 to 9 5.5 to 9

6

Temperature 45°C at the point

of discharge

45°C at the point

of discharg

e

45°C at the point of

discharge

45°C at the point of

discharge

7 Oil & Grease mg/l 10 20 10 20

8 Total Residual Chlorine mg/l

1.0 - - 1.0

9 Ammonical

Nitrogen (as N) mg/l

50 50 - 50

10 Total Kjeldahl

Nitrogen (as N) mg/l

100 - - 100

11 Free Ammonia (as NH3) mg/l

5.0 - - 5.0


1-22

12 Bio Chemical

Oxygen Demand (3 days at 27°C) mg/l

30 350 100 100

13 Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/l

250 - - 250

14 Arsenic (as As) mg/l

0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

15 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l

0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

16 Lead (as Pb ) mg/l 0.1 1.0 1.0 1.0

17 Cadmium (as Cd ) mg/l

2.0 1.0 1.0 2.0

18 Hexavalent Chromium

(as Cr +6 ) mg/l

0.1 2.0 1.0 1.0

19 Total Chromium (as Cr) mg/l

2.0 2.0 2.0 1.0

20 Copper (as Cu) mg/l

3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0

21 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5

22 Selenium (as Se) mg/l

0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05

23 Nickel (as Ni) mg/l 3.0 3.0 3.0 3 .0 24 Boron (as B) mg/l 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 25 Percent Sodium % - 60 60 -

26 Residual Sodium Carbonate mg/l

- - 5.0 -

27 Cyanide (as CN) mg/l

0.2 2.0 0.2 0.2

28 Chloride (as Cl ) mg/l

1000 1000 600 -

29 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 2.0 1.5 2.0 1.5

30 Dissolved

Phosphates (as P) mg/l

5.0 - - -

31 Sulphates (as SO4) mg/l

1000 1000 1000 1000

32 Sulphides (as S) mg/l

2.0 - 2.0 5.0

33 Pesticides Absent Absent Absent Absent

34

Phenolic Compounds (as

CR6RHR5ROH) mg/l

1.0 5.0 5.0 5.0

CHAPTER – II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT FOR PROPOSED STORAGE CAPACITY EXPANSION OF BPCL LPG PLANT AT KHURDA, ODISHA

2-1

CHAPTER 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 INTRODUCTION

BPCL has set up the Khurda LPG Plant at 33 No. Industrial Estate P.O PN College Khurda

which is 7 km away from Khurda Road Railway station at Odisha. The Plant receives LPG by

Bullet trucks which are unloaded & stored in above ground Bullets.

Bulk LPG is received from IPPL Haldia & HPCL Vizag Refinery & BPCL Bina Refinery.

Road tankers are decanted at Tank lorry Gantry. Four Nos. of tank Lorries can be unloaded

simultaneously. LPG from the tank Lorries is transferred to the storage vessels through LPG

Compressors by pressure differential method

LPG from bullets is transferred through a pipeline to filling manifolds of carousal with the

help of centrifugal pumps.

Empty LPG cylinders brought into premises by Lorries are received and stored in the empty

cylinder shed. They are fed to conveyor system after due inspection and are carried to the

filling machines in the filling shed. Filling is cut off as soon as the weight of LPG in the

cylinder reaches the desired weight. These filled cylinders are counter checked for correct

weight, tested for leaks from valves and body, capped and sealed before sending them to the

filled cylinder shed. Any defective cylinder is emptied for LPG recovery. The filled cylinders

are dispatched for distribution through distributors.

LPG is stored in 4 above ground Bullets of various capacities (2 x 60 MT & 2 x 125 MT).

Capacity of the existing LPG Plant is 370 MT

Proposed project envisages:

Expansion of storage capacity by installation of 3 nos additional Mounded Bullets of 300 MT

each.

After expansion the storage capacity will increase to 1270 MT.


2-2

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT

Proposed expansion project at Khurda in the state of Odisha will improve supply position of

the LPG which will help in bringing more people under LPG usage which ensures a better

environment. The improved LPG supply will have strong logistical support for delivering the

products to customers without interruption. The project will also provide indirect employment

to unskilled, semiskilled and skilled categories of workers

In order to meet increased demand of LPG cylinders for domestic as well as industrial use, 2nd

shift operation has been introduced. Present storage capacity is inadequate for maintaining

feedstock. Increased storage capacity will help in maintaining sufficient stock for

uninterrupted production. .

The importance of the project is identified as follows: - With a view to bringing more people under LPG usage, it is necessary to supply more

cylinders.

- In order to meet the demand, BPCL has introduced 2nd shift operation for which

additional storage capacity needs to be created.

- BPCL therefore proposes to install 3 nos Mounded Storage Vessels of 300 MT each.

Project will generate some direct employment during construction phase and indirect

employment during operation phase.

Higher LPG consumption will reduce burning of fossil fuel thereby ensures a cleaner

environment.

- The project will help for further development of infrastructure facilities in the region.


2-3

2.3 SITE CHARACTERESTICS

2.3.1 Location

The Google Earth image showing the project site is given in the figure 2.1. The location of the

project site is represented in the figure 2.2

Figure 2.1 Google Image of the Project Site


2-4

Figure 2.2 Map showing the location of the project site


2-5

2.3.2 CONNECTIVITY:

The project site is well connected by road through NH-5 and by rail network. The project site

is located at 33 no Industrial Estate near PN College at Khurda in the state of Odisha. The

project site is 7 km away from Khurda road Railway station on South Eastern Railway line

between Howrah & Chennai. Biju Patnaik International Airport at Bhubaneswar is located at

the distance of 34 km. The map showing the road network around the site is given in Figure

2.3.

Figure 2.3 Connectivity shows in the map

PROJECT SITE


2-6

2.3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTINGS

The Plant is located on a plot measuring around 12.91 Acres. The topography and land use of

the project site and its surroundings area covering 10 km radius are given in Figures 2.4 & 2.5

respectively. Environmental settings are presented in Table 2.1.

Figure 2.4 Topo sheet (10km surrounding the Project site)


2-7

Figure 2.5 Land use classification map (10km surrounding the project site)


2-8

Figure 2.6 Drainage Map of the Study Area


2-9

2.7 Satellite Imagery of the Project Site


2-10

Table 2.1 – Environmental Settings of the project site

S. No. Particulars Details

1 Latitude 20º10’21.29”N

2 Longitude 85º38’26.38”E

3 Site Elevation above MSL 64 m

4 Topography Plain

5 Present land use at the site Industrial

6 Nearest highway National Highway 5 (NW)

7 Nearest railway station Khurda Road Railway Station – 07 km (SE)

8 Nearest airport Biju Patnaik International Airport – 34 km

9 Nearest town / city Khurda town – 05 km (WN)

10 Water body Gangua Nala – 3.2 km (NE)

11 Nearest Port Paradeep – 139.2 KM Gopalpur – 132.3 KM

12 Hills / valleys Barunei Hill (S) 13 Archaeologically important places Nil in 10km radius 14 National parks / Wildlife

Sanctuaries / Eco sensitive zones as per Wild Life Protection Act, 1972

NIL in 10km radius

15 Reserved / Protected Forests Barunai RF(S), Jariput PF (SW), Tartua PF (NW), Ratanpur PF (NE) and Rengal PF (SE) and in 10 km radius

16 Seismicity Zone II according to the Indian Standard Seismic Zoning Map

17 Defense Installations Nil in 10km radius


2-11

2.3.4 LAND REQUIREMENT

The total land area available in Khurda LPG Plant is around 12.91 acres. The total land is

under possession of BPCL. The Plant layout is represented in Figure 2.8

The land use break-up is given in Table 2.2

Table 2.2: Land Use Breakup

S. No. Land use parameter Area

(Acres) 1. Buildings 0.069 2. Approach Road 0.061 3. Operational Area 6.53 4. Green belt development area 3.75 5. Open area 2.5

Total Area 12.91


2-12

Figure 2.8: Site Layout Plan


2-13

2.4 MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

Present storage capacity of LPG Plant is 370 MT. After expansion the storage capacity

of LPG will increase by 900 MT. Aggregate capacities after expansion will be 1270 MT.

Mounded Storage Vessel & Bullet details are given below in Table 2.3

Table 2.3: MSV & Bullet Details

Sl No Product Storred Position Capacity

1 LPG Above ground

Bullets

60 MT x 2

125 MT x 2

2 LPG Mounded Storage

Vessel

300 MT x 3

(Proposed)

M/s BPCL have obtained Petroleum & Explosives Safety Organization (PESO) License

for existing capacity from CCOE,Nagpur vide License no S/HO/OR/03/46 (S23369) and

for filling/storing LPG cylinders vide Lic.No. G/HO/OR/06/61(G20413) &

G/HO/OR/05/70 dated 04.08.2015 (Annexure IV) and Consent to Operate from Odisha

State Pollution Control Board (enclosed as Annexure III).

2.5 DESCRIPTION OF PROCESS

The LPG Plant at Khurda near Khurda Road Railway Station is operated by BPCL. The

proposed bulk LPG storage & bottling facility at Khurda LPG Plant at Khurda will be

operated by BPCL. The plant will function primarily as LPG receipt, storage & bottling

unit for filling various size cylinders. The plant operations are categorized as,

1. Receipt of LPG

Bulk petroleum LPG received by bullet truck which are from IPPL Haldia & HPCL

Vizag Refinery & BPCL Bina Refinery.


2-14

2. Storage

Existing LPG storage is 370 MT (2 Nos. Mounded Bullets of 125 MT each & 2 Nos.

Mounded Bullets of 60 MT each). Three additional Mounded Storage Vessel with

aggregate capacity 900 MT are proposed to be installed.

3. Filling

LPG from Bullet is pumped to the filling plant for bottling through 24 station electronic

carousel machine.

4. Dispatch

Supply & distribution to consumers through Authorized Distributors.

The process flow chart for LPG filling is shown in Figure 2.9.

Figure2.9 Process Flow Chart


2-15

2.6 RAW MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS

This is only Storage and Distribution Plant of LPG no processing is carried out, hence no Raw material is required.

2.7 INFRASTRUCTURE AT THE FACILITY

The list of equipments and other facilities at the Plant are shown in the Table 2.4:

Table 2.4: List of Equipments / Facilities

S. No Equipment Total Number Capacity

1 Above ground Bullets 4 60 MT x 2 125 MT x 2

2 Mounded Bullets (Proposed) 3 300 MT x 3 3 DG Set-1 1 380KVA 4 DG Set-2 1 250 KVA 5 DG Set-3 1 25 KVA

6 Fire water pumps 6 4x 410 cum/hr 2 x 273 cum/hr

7 Jockey Pumps 2 2 x 20 cum/hr

8

Fire water Tank Fire water Reserver

2

1

1 x 2850 kl 1 x 2836 kl 1600 KL


2-16

2.7.1 Description of Aboveground Bullet & Mounded Bullets:

Product Bullets are of following type: i. Above ground Bullet

ii. Mounded Storage Vessel

Above ground Bullet:

Description:

Above ground bullets are pressure vessels manufactured with boiler quality steel plates

and installed on pedestals meeting SMPV rules. These are cylindrical in shape and

horizontally placed on RCC pedestals On the top of the Bullet two nos. of safety relief

valves are provided, one valve is set at 13.6kg/cm2 and other is set at 14.2 kg/cm2. All

bullets are provided with two independent level indicators for high level alarm. Remote

operated valves are provided in liquid and vapour lines of each storage vessels.

Technical details of the Bullets are as under :

SL,NO ITEM TECHNICAL DETAILS

1 Design Pressure 21.26. kg/cm2 at 550C

2 Operating Pressure 19.33 kg/cm2 at 550C

3 Hydro testing Pressure 26.5 kg/cm2

4 Corrosion Allowance 1.5m

The Photographs of bullets are as shown in Figure 2.10 and Figure 11.


2-17

Figure 2.10: Photograph of above ground Bullets

Figure 2.11: Descriptive photograph of above ground Bullet from Side


2-18

Mounded Storage Vessel ( Proposed):

Description:

The mounded storage vessel are cylindrical pressures vessels installed on compact sand

bed and covered with sand mound in a pyramid shape. The mounded bullets are

fabricated as per standards PD-5500. The mounded storage of LPG has proved to be

safer compared to above ground storage vessels since it provides intrinsically passive

and safe environment and eliminates the possibility of Boiling Liquid Expanding

Vapour Explosion (BLEVE). The cover of the mound protects the vessel from fire

engulfment, radiation from a fire in close proximity and acts of sabotage or vandalism.

The area of land required to locate a mounded system is minimal compared to

conventional storage. Excavation up to a depth of 0.75 m is done for construction of

mounded bullet foundation (below FGL). Cathodic protection through sacrificial anode

method has been provided for all the three vessels to prevent them from corrosion.

The Photographs of proposed mounded bullets are as shown in Figure 2.12

Figure 2.12: Photograph of Mounded Bullet


2-19

2.8 POWER REQUIREMENT

Power requirement for Plant operations is 250 KVA. Power is drawn from the nearest substation of Odisha State Electricity Board. Details of stand by DG sets are given in Table 2.5:

Table 2.5: Details of D.G sets

S. No. Capacity (KVA)

Number Fuel used Stack height

1 380 1 HSD BS III 12 2 250 1 HSD BS III 12 3 25 1 HSD BS III 12

2.9 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT

At present total 53 staffs ( including contract labour) are available for total operation of Khurda LPG Plant.

Table 2.6: Manpower Requirements

S. No. Timing Grade Number 1. 8.00 AM to 5.00 AM Management 7 2. Office Assistance 2 3. Contact labour 19 4. Field Staff 14 5. 6.00 AM to 2.00 PM Security Guard 4 (3DGR + 1 Permanent) 6. 2.00 P.M to 10.00 P.M Security Guard 4 (3DGR + 1 Permanent) 7. 10.00 P.M to 6.00 A.M Security Guard 3

Total 53


2-20

2.10 FRESH WATER REQUIREMENT Maximum consumption of water for the existing project will be 3m3/day. Capacity expansion) of the plant is as follows:

The maximum water consumption (m3/day) during operation (considering)

Sl. No. Particulars Quantity (m3/day) 1 Industrial Use 1 2 Domestic Use 1 3 Greenery / landscape Development 1

Total 3 Total water requirement for the Plant is 3 kld, which is sourced through bore well within the premises. Water balance table & diagram for the Plant are given in Table 2.7 and Figure 2.13

• Total water requirement for the Plant is 3m3/day which is met through bore wells & IDCO.

• This includes domestic consumption, washing, etc • No additional water requirement is envisaged for the proposed expansion.

Table 2.7 Water Balance Table

S. No.

Domestic water

requirement (KLD)

Green Belt requirement

(KLD)

Industrial water requirement (KLD)

Domestic sewage

generation (KLD)

Wastewater from process

(KLD)* Cylinder washing

1 1 1 1 0.8 0.8 (reused for

Greenery) Total 3 0.8 * Note – Wastewater generated from cylinder washing, this water will be reused for gardening. There will be no process / trade effluent generated during operations.

Figure 2.13: Water Balance Chart

Total water requirement (3KLD)

Domestic requirement

1 KLD

Industrial requirement

1KLD

Greenery / landscape

0.2 KLD +0.8 KLD

0.8 KLD


2-21

2.11 POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES PROPOSED

No emissions are generated during the operations as the entire bottling process is carried

out through pipelines from Storage Area to Filling Shed. The only point sources of

emissions are D.G sets & Fire Engines. They have been fitted with stacks of adequate

height to disperse the pollutants. . Details of air pollution control equipment are as given

in Table 2.8

Table 2.8 Details on Air Pollution Control Equipment

S. No.

Source of emission Control measure

Material of construction

Height above GL (m)

1 380 kVA D.G set & 250 kVA D.G set 25 kVA D.G set

Stack height as per CPCB guidelines

MS Pipe 12

2 Fire engines (6 nos.) Stack height as per CPCB guidelines

MS Pipe 12

2.12 WASTEWATER GENERATION

From the Plant, 0.8 KLD sewage will be generated, which will be disposed through septic

tanks.& soak pits having dimensions 2 m x 1.5 m x 1.5 m. Waste water generated during

mock fire drills (i.e. only once in a month) is passed through vapour trap and discharged

into natural drainage system.

2.13 SOLID WASTE GENERATION & DISPOSAL

SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT - Practically, no Solid Waste shall be generated from operation of the plant

- Used oil, grease and empty drums shall be disposed of through registered vendors as

per Handling of Waste Material and Trans boundary Rules, 2008 and subsequent

amendments.


2-22

All biodegradable waste (food and kitchen waste) at the LPG Plant will be collected and

disposed off into vermin culture pits within the plant area as per well established

practice.

2.14 DETAILS ON FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM AND SAFETY MEASURES The fire protection and detection system are in accordance with OISD 144. The existing

fire water net work will be extended to form a loop around storage area. The proposed

vessels and LPG pumps will be provided with Medium Velocity water spray system

automatically actuated and fed through Deluge Valve.

- All LPG vessels are equipped with safety device such as safety relief valve

(SRV), High level Alarms (HLA) and Remote Operated Valves (ROV) for

safe operations

- Emergency trip button is provided at filling / Filled shed and LPG pump

house for shutting down all LPG operations in case of any emergency.

- The Plant has CCTV cameras installed in critical locations in the plant.

- Safety Messaging System : It is an automatic announcement system for safe

messages over speaker in front of the security cabin.

Auto fire detection by Quarzoid Bulbs: The quarzoid bulbs are installed in the

LPG handling sheds in the airline connected to deluge valve. The line is

pressurized with air at 3.5 kg/cm2. The line is designed show that airflow through

a single quarzoid bulb will make the system unhealthy and the same is identified

by the fire fighting panel. Whenever the fire occurs in any of the LPG handling

sheds and the temperature rises to 79 deg. C, the quarzoid bulb will melt and and

the entire air off the line & deluge valve will discharge through it. As a result, the

pressure in the line goes low and same will be sensed by pressure switch and

sends the signal to the fire fighting panel. Then the fire fighting panel activities

Deluge valve, trips LPG equipment and operation siren

Fire water storage Tanks are 1 x 2850 + 1 x 2836 + 1x 1600 = 7286


2-23

Table below will show fire water storage tank, fire water pumps,

Fire Water Pump

Sr.No Category No’s Capacity

1

Main Pump ( Engine Driven)

4 410 M3/Hr

1 Stand By 273 M3/Hr

The records are analyzed on daily basis by the concerned officer and faults are rectified on immediate basis. All the persons working inside the plant premises are mandatorily required to wear protection devices such as safety shoes and safety helmets in order to protect them from fatal injuries. Safety week is celebrated every year to create awareness among persons in order to develop a good culture. To monitor the health of people working in plant a doctor is also appointed who visits the plant three times a week and free checkups are carried out for all the persons in the plant.

Figure 2.14 Fire water Storage tank


2-24

The list of fire protection equipments is shown in Table 2.9 and fire hydrant layout is shown in Figure 2.15

Table 2.9: List of Fire Protection Equipments ITEM DESCRIPTION. Nos. Remarks

Fire Water Tanks 1x2850 KL + 1 X 2836 KL + 1 x 1600 KL

Fire Engines 4 x 410 kL/hr 2 x 273 kL/hr

Fire Extinguisher

-DCP Type-75 kg 5

-DCP Type-50 kg NIL

-DCP Type-10 kg 54

-CO2 Type-4.5 kg 9

-CO2 Type-2 kg NIL

Dry Chemical Powder (DCP) 550kg spare

Foam (AFFF) NA

Foam compound Trolly-250 ltrs NA

Foam compound stalls (at vulnerable points) NA

Water Sprinkler for MS Tank NA

Sand Buckets 8

Double Headed Water Hydrants 9

Single Headed Water Hydrants 4

Water Monitors 18

Fire Hose Reels including spares 43

Fire Hose Boxes 13

Jet Nozzles including Spares 17

Foam cum water Nozzles(FB 10X) NA


2-25

FB 5X Nozzle NA

Fog Nozzle 4

Triple Purpose Nozzles (Diffuser) 3

Safety Shoes 27

Safety Helmets 30

Safety Belts 5

Flame Proof Torch 2

Breathing Apparatus 1

Fire Proximity suit, Boot , Helmet, Gloves 1

Water Jel Blanket 2

Electric Siren (2 Km) 1

Hand Operated Siren 6

Public Addressing System 1

First Aid Boxes 4

Stretcher 2

Wind Socks 3

Electrical Gloves 2


2-26

2.15 PROJECT COST

The cost for installation of 3X300 MT MSV has been estimated at Rs 3266 lacs. 2.16 LITIGATION PENDING AGAINST THE PROJECT No litigation is pending against the project or the project proponent


2-27

Figure 2.15 Fire Hydrant Layout

Fire Water Line

Double Headed Hydrant


2-28

CHAPTER – III

DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT FOR STORAGE CAPACITY EXPANSION OF BPCL LPG PLANT AT KHURDA, ODISHA

3-1

CHAPTER 3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

3.1 INTRODUCTION

The baseline environmental studies have been conducted to determine the existing status

of various environmental attributes viz., climate and atmospheric conditions, air, water,

noise, soil, hydro geological, land use pattern, ecological and socio-economical

environment, prior to setting up of the proposed project. This study would help to

undertake corrective mitigation measures for protection of the environment on account of

any change/ deviation of attributes due to activities of the proposed project.

3.2 SCOPE OF BASELINE STUDY

An area, covering a 10 km radial distance from the project site is considered as the study

area for the purpose of the baseline studies. Primary data on water, air, land, flora, fauna

& socio-economic data were collected by a team of functional area experts. Secondary

data was collected from various departments of state/central government organizations,

semi-government organization. Table 3.1 gives various environmental attributes

considered for formulating environmental baseline and Table 3.2 gives the frequency and

monitoring methodology for various environmental attributes.


3-2

Table 3.1: Environmental Attributes

S. No. Attribute Parameter Source of Data

1 Climatology

& Meteorology

Wind speed, wind direction, relative humidity, rainfall and temperature

Indian Meteorological Department and Site specific

information

2 Water

Quality Physical and chemical parameters

Monitored Data (Surface water – 2 locations and

ground water- 8 locations)

3 Ambient Air

Quality PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, VOC ,Methane & Non Methane HC

Monitored Data (8 locations)

4 Noise levels Noise levels in dB (A) Monitored Data (8 locations)

5 Ecology

Existing terrestrial flora and fauna

within the study area Field survey and Secondary

sources 6 Geology Geological history Secondary sources

7 Soil Soil types and samples analyzed for physical and chemical parameters.

Analysis of soil samples at 7 locations

8 Socio-

economic aspects

Socio-economic characteristics of the affected area

Based on field survey and data collected from secondary

sources

9 Land Use Trend of land use change for different

categories Secondary data


3-3

Table 3.2 Frequency and Monitoring Methodology

Attributes Sampling

Measurement Method Remarks Network Frequency

A. Meteorology Wind Speed, Wind direction, Relative humidity, Rainfall and Temperature

Project site Continuous for 3 months

Weather monitor with data base

A. Air Environment

Particulate Matter (PM 10)

Requisite locations in the project influence area

24 hourly-twice a week for 3 months in non- monsoon season

Gravimetric (High- Volume with Cyclone)

As per CPCB standards under 18th November 2009 notification for National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)

Particulate Matter (PM 2.5)

Gravimetric (High- Volume with Cyclone)

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

EPA Modified West & Gaeke method

Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)

Arsenite Modified Jacob & Hochheiser

Total Volatile Organic Compounds (TVOC)

-- EPA Method TO - 17

Hydrocarbon 24 hourly-twice a week for 3 months in non- monsoon season

IS 5182: Part 12: 1991

B. Noise

Hourly Equivalent Noise Levels


Once

Instrument : Noise level meter

IS 4954 : 1968


3-4

C. Water Parameters for water quality: pH, temperature, turbidity, total Hardness, total alkalinity, chloride, sulphate, nitrate, fluoride, sodium, potassium, electrical conductivity, ammonical nitrogen, nitrate-nitrogen Total phosphorus, BOD, COD, calcium, magnesium, total dissolved solids, total suspended solids

Set of samples at requisite locations for ground and surface water

Once Samples for water quality collected and analyzed as per IS : 2488 (Part 1-5) methods for sampling and testing of Industrial Effluents and Standard Methods for examination of water and wastewater analysis published by American Public Health Association.

D. Land Environment Parameter for soil quality: pH, texture, electrical conductivity, organic matter, nitrogen, phosphate, sodium, calcium, potassium and magnesium.

Requisite soil samples be collected as per BIS specification within project influence area

Once in season

Collected and analyzed as per soil analysis reference book, M.L.Jackson

E. Biological Environment Terrestrial & Aquatic Flora and Fauna


Once in season

Collected and analyzed as per IUCN Red Data book.


3-5

3.3 RAINFALL & CLIMATE

(a) Rainfall & Temperature

The climate of the place is extreme. The normal annual rainfall is 1449.1mm & the

annual average rainfall is 1436.1mm. and average temperature in summer is

between 22.4° - 38.5° C and in winter 12.5° C-17.80C

.

However, in summer the maximum temperature goes as high as 42.4°C during day

and in winter minimum temperature may fall down to 5.6°C. Average rainfall data

for last 5 years is shown in Figure 3.1.

(b) Wind Direction and Wind Velocity

During winter wind flows mainly from East to West. In summer wind flows

mainly from North-East.

Speed of wind varies during day & night and also there is seasonal variation of

wind speed. On the average wind speed varies from 8KM/Hr. to 12 KM/Hr

Figure 3.1: Average Rainfall of Last Five Years


3-6

Table - 3.3 Weather for the month of September 2015

Summary Air Temp(oC)

Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed

(Kmph) Wind dir Rainfall

Max Min Max Min

15/09/2015 30.8 24.8 97 94 9.6 NE 25.5

16/09/2015 30.9 25 86 74 9.6 ESE 8.1

17/09/2015 29.4 25.9 88 84 12.8 ESE 2.8

18/09/2015 33 26.2 79 75 4.8 NE 0

19/09/2015 33.4 26.4 75 62 8 NNW 0

20/09/2015 33.6 25.4 86 81 9.6 NNW 2.3

21/09/2015 32.5 24.9 92 70 6.4 SSW 11.2

22/09/2015 31.4 25.9 80 70 9.6 SSW 0.4

23/09/2015 32.2 25.4 82 77 6.4 ESE 0

24/09/2015 35.5 25.5 88 71 6.5 NW 0

25/09/2015 32.9 25.6 71 55 8 W 0

26/09/2015 34.7 25.9 63 60 6.4 N 0

27/09/2015 34.1 25.5 67 60 6.4 NW 0

28/09/2015 34.9 25.6 81 54 6.4 WNW 0

29/09/2015 33.3 24.6 84 74 6.4 NNW 0.7

30/09/2015 33.8 24.9 65 56 8 N 0


3-7

Figure 3.2: Wind Rose for Month of September 2015


3-8

Table - 3.4 Weather for the month of October 2015

Summary Air Temp(oC)

Relative Humidity %)

Wind Speed (Kmph)

Wind direction Rainfall

Max Min Max Min 01/10/2015 34.6 26.2 67 61 6.4 NE 0 02/10/2015 34.4 25.5 69 61 3.2 N 1.8 03/10/2015 35.3 24.6 88 81 8 SW 12.3 04/10/2015 33.2 24.1 81 72 3.2 NW 23 05/10/2015 33.2 25 77 73 1.6 NNE 0 06/10/2015 33.7 25.5 77 71 6.4 NW 0 07/10/2015 33.1 24.3 89 78 6.4 NNW 2.6 08/10/2015 30.1 24 94 84 4.8 NNW 3.7 09/10/2015 32.2 23.8 86 81 6.4 W 2.2 10/10/2015 32 23.3 76 71 4.8 NW 0 11/10/2015 34.8 23 64 63 4.8 WNW 0 12/10/2015 34.3 24.5 68 56 4.8 E 0 13/10/2015 33.8 21.2 71 54 0 Calm 18.8

14/10/2015 33 24.3 70 52 8 SSW 0 15/10/2015 33.2 23.9 79 55 6.4 NNE 0 16/10/2015 33 24.9 75 46 4.8 ENE 0 17/10/2015 32 24.6 66 42 1.6 W 0 18/10/2015 32.9 23.4 84 64 1.6 N 4.9 19/10/2015 32.4 24.5 75 59 4.8 WNW 0 20/10/2015 34.1 23.6 66 57 9.6 SW 0 21/10/2015 34.4 24.6 75 59 0 Calm 0 22/10/2015 34.4 24.2 75 61 3.2 WNW 0 23/10/2015 33.7 23.9 74 54 3.2 NW 0 24/10/2015 34 25.5 75 65 1.6 S 0 25/10/2015 32.9 24 77 64 3.2 N 0 26/10/2015 33.5 22.2 65 58 1.6 NNW 0 27/10/2015 33.4 21.5 70 53 1.6 WNW 0 28/10/2015 33.3 21.9 69 54 4.8 NW 0 29/10/2015 32.8 23 71 54 3.2 NNE 0 30/10/2015 32.7 23.9 75 46 9.6 E 0 31/10/2015 32.3 22.6 72 55 12.8 NE 0.1


3-9

Figure 3.3: Wind Rose for Month of October 2015


3-10

Table - 3.5 Weather for the month of November 2015

Summary

Air Temp(oC)

Relative Humidity %)

Wind Speed (Kmph)

Wind direction Rainfall

Max Min Max Min

01/11/2015 29.1 22.4 85 77 6.4 NNE 1.6 02/11/2015 28.8 22.3 73 71 6.4 NE 1.9 03/11/2015 31.2 22.1 74 64 6.4 NNE 0 04/11/2015 31.8 22.1 67 55 0 Calm 0 05/11/2015 32.3 21.9 74 49 4.8 NNW 0 06/11/2015 33 22.8 65 50 3.2 NNW 0 07/11/2015 32.5 21.5 66 55 3.2 NNW 0 08/11/2015 33.5 21.6 69 50 4.8 NNE 0 09/11/2015 31.5 22.1 78 66 6.4 NNW 0 10/11/2015 31.3 21.2 80 65 3.2 NNW 0 11/11/2015 31.9 20.2 75 66 3.2 NNW 0 12/11/2015 32 20.4 72 47 3.2 NNE 0 13/11/2015 32.5 20.6 76 48 3.2 NNE 0 14/11/2015 32.6 20.3 61 44 3.2 NNE 0 15/11/2015 33.3 19.9 57 49 1.6 N 0 16/11/2015 33.9 19.9 57 45 3.2 NNE 0 17/11/2015 33.5 23 77 71 3.2 N 0 18/11/2015 27.4 19.3 85 65 8 N 1.7 19/11/2015 30.2 19.9 67 55 9.6 NE 0 20/11/2015 31 17.9 57 35 6.4 NNE 0 21/11/2015 30.4 17.4 51 46 3.2 NNW 0 22/11/2015 30.8 18 59 55 3.2 NNE 0 23/11/2015 30.3 18.4 62 56 3.2 W 0 24/11/2015 31.2 18 67 41 1.6 NW 0 25/11/2015 29.1 22.4 85 77 6.4 NNE 1.6 26/11/2015 28.8 22.3 73 71 6.4 NE 1.9 27/11/2015 31.2 22.1 74 74 6.4 NNE 0 28/11/2015 31.8 22.1 67 55 0 Calm 0 29/11/2015 32.3 21.9 74 49 4.8 NNW 0 30/11/2015 33 22.8 65 50 3.2 NNW 0


3-11

Figure 3.4: Wind Rose for Month of November 2015


3-12

Table - 3.6 Weather for the month of December 2015

Summary Air Temp(oC) Relative

Humidity (%) Wind Speed

(Kmph)

Wind Direction Rainfall

Max Min Max Min

01/12/2015 31 22.3 76 66 6.4 NE 0

02/12/2015 31.5 22.1 75 65 6.4 NNE 0

03/12/2015 31.2 22.1 74 64 6.4 NNE 0

04/12/2015 31.8 22.1 67 55 0 Calm 0

05/12/2015 32.3 21.9 74 49 4.8 NNW 0

06/12/2015 31.5 22.1 76 51 3.2 NE 0

07/12/2015 30.9 21.5 79 50 0 Calm 0

08/12/2015 30.7 16.4 84 44 3.2 NE 0

09/12/2015 29.7 16 55 40 3.2 NW 0

10/12/2015 31.7 15.7 53 37 0 Calm 0

11/12/2015 32.3 17.2 68 32 6.4 WSW 0

12/12/2015 32.8 19.8 72 49 6.4 SW 0

13/12/2015 33.2 22.8 85 52 0 Calm 0

14/12/2015 31.7 21.4 86 56 4.8 NE 1

15/12/2015 31.5 21.2 83 71 4.8 NNE 0


3-13

Figure 3.5: Wind Rose for Month of December 2015


3-14

3.4 DRAINAGE

The Mahanadi River along with its tributaries controls the drainage system of the area and

traverses the district from west to east. In the eastern part ie in the deltaic plain the river

Mahanadi along with its tributaries form the anastomising drainage pattern. The

prominent distrbutaries are Koakhye, Kathjuri, Chitolpala etc. The drainage map (10 km)

of the project site is given as Figure 3.2.

Figure 3.6: Drainage Map (10 km) of the Study Area


3-15

3.5 DETAILS OF ESTABLISHMENTS WITHIN 500M OF LPG PLANT Facilities which lie within 500 m radius of LPG Plant at Khurda at 33 nos Industrial estate

near PN college at Khurda are listed as follows:

i. 15.24 m wide road in the North side of the LPG Plant

ii. Hill in the South side of the LPG Plant

iii. OSEB Substation in the East side of the LPG Plant

iv. Plywood Factory & Vacant land in the West side of the LPG Plant

3.6 GEOMORPHOLOGY

Based on the physiographic set up, the district may be broadly divided in to four natural

divisions such as (a) Coastal sand dune (b) Alluvial plain, (c) Lateritic upland and (d)

Hilly terrain. The dunes having limited width occur along the Chilika coast

discontinuously. These deposits are fluvio aeoline in origin and are of longitudinal type.

Alluvial plain is the most potential hydrogeomorphic unit. It occurs as narrow strip along

Chilika coast in the south east & along the courses of major rivers. The Alluvial plain in

the northeast is a part of Mahanadi delta system.

The lateritic upland constitutes the major parts of the district. This forms an undulating

terrain covered with lateritic capping over Gondwana sand stone and Precambrian rocks.

The hilly terrain is prominent in southwestern and western part. The area is underlain by

Precambrian hard rocks and major part of this terrain is capped by laterities and lateritic

gravels. The subunits in this terrain are (a) shallow buried pediplain (b) Moderately

buried pediment (c) pediments (d) intermontane valley (e) residual hills (f) structural hills

etc.

The planar disposition of geomorphic units is shown in figure 3.7.


3-16

Figure 3.7: Geomorphology Map (10 km) of the Study Area

3.7 SOIL There are three types of soil generally found in the district

1) Alfisols

2) Ultisols

3) Entisols

Alfisols: The deltaic alluvial soil in the eastern part of the district and the red loamy soils

in the northwestern part of the district come under this class. It consists of a wide range of

soils including mixed red and black soils, red earth, red loamy soils, red sandy soils, red

gravelly soils and other alluvial soils. The red soils are light textured, usually devoid of

lime concretions deficient in nitrogen, phosphate & organic matter. The PH of the soil

varies from 6.5 to 7.3. These soils are suitable for cultivation of paddy and other crops.


3-17

Ultisols: These include laterite & lateritic soil, red and yellow soils of the northern and

north central part of the district. They are characterized by low contents of Nitrogen,

Phosphate, Potassium & Organic matter. The PH of the soils ranges from 4.5 to 6.0. Due

to granular nature of these soils cultivation is possible immediately after heavy rains

without the danger of any unsatisfactory physical state.

Entisols: these include the coastal alluvial soils along the Chilika lake and younger

alluvial soils in the central part of the district. The texture in general is sandy to loamy

and soils in general are deficient in nitrogen, phosphoric acid and humus. These soils are

suitable for wide variety of crops including paddy.

The horizontal disposition of pedologic units are given below in figure 3.8.

Figure 3.8: Soil type Map (10 km) of the Study Area


3-18

3.8 GROUND WATER SCENARIO Hydrogeology

Aquifer system of the area may be divided in to (a) fissured (b) porous types based on the

lithological characteristics of the area.

(a) Fissured formation: The Precambrian crystalline rocks which mainly consists of

granite and granite gneiss, Khondalites, Charnockites and Anothosites occupy major parts

of the district covering western as well as central and parts of eastern sector of the district.

Ground water in these rock types occurs under unconfined conditions within weathered

residuum and under semi confined to confined conditions in fractures at greater depths.

The thickness of weathered residuum varies from negligible to 35/40m depending on rock

types. The thickness of the weathered zone is minimum in Charnockites and Anothosites

while the same is maximum in Khondalites. These weathered zones form shallow aquifer

where ground water occurs under unconfined conditions. The average yield of dug wells

in granitic rocks is around 20 to 22 m3/day with the maximum around 36 to 40 m3/day.

In other hard rocks the yield is restricted within 25 m3/day with the average value around

12 to 15 m3

(b) Porous formation: The porous formation in the district are a) Semi-consolidated

Athagarh formation of upper Gondwana Group b) Quarternary alluvium and upper

Tertiary sediments and also laterites and lateritic gravels with limited extent with respect

to time and space.

(a) Athagarh formation: This aquifer system occurs at shallow as well as deeper depths,

are mainly formed of sandstones. The shale form mainly pheratic aquifers and that also

with limited potential. The weathered zone extends down to 12 to 15m and top weathered

part up to 5 to 6m is lateritised. The yield of dug wells in the weathered zone is on an

average is around 20 to 25 m3/day. The yield at deeper fractures is on an average 7 to 10

lps

Quarternary Alluvium & Upper tertiary formations: This formation occurs in the extreme

northeast corner of the district covering Balianta and Balipatna blocks of the district. The

ground water occurs under pheratic condition at shallow depth and under semi -confined

to confined condition at deeper depths. The bedrocks occur at 119m depths at Bhingarpur


3-19

of Balianta block and at 198m depth at Balipatna and 230 m at Orakhand in the southern

part of Balipatna block. Quarternary alluvial deposits occur in minor pockets near Chilika

lake area with limited thickness and ground water is mostly saline barring few meters at

top. The aquifer zones at deeper depth generally occur within 100m depths. The

Transmissivity values are generally high, more than 7000m2/day

Laterites: Laterites occur as capping over consolidated and semi consolidated formation

and prominent occurrences are found in Bolagarh, Khurda

Figure 3.9: Hydrogeology Map of Khurda District


3-20

Depth of Ground Water Level

The pheratic zone constitutes the most potential ground water reservoir in the district.

This zone has been mapped in course of hydro geological surveys. With a view to

ascertain the changes in the ground water regime and make an over all assessment of the

ground water resources CGWB has, so far, established 28 network hydrograph stations

through out the district which are monitored manually 4 times in a year, during January,

April, August and November. The depth to water table values depend on several factors

like rainfall, topography, drainage characteristics, proximity to drainage channels,

lithology, water bearing and water yielding properties of the rocks.

The depth to water level in the hdrograph network stations of the district mostly ranges

from 1.84 to 12.33m below ground level during premonsoon period. The water table is

shallow in most part of the district. The depth to water table contour map of both pre and

post monsoon seasons are attached in the brochures as Plate no3 & 4 respectively. The

pre monsoon depth to water level in about 11.9% of the wells fall in the range of 10 to 20

m & 52.9% of the wells fall in the range of 5 to 10m. About 23.5% of the wells 8 show

depth to water level between 2 to 5 m and about 11.8% of the wells, less than 2m.

Ground Water Resources The principal source of recharge to ground water are rainfall, seepage from canals, return

flow from applied irrigation, seepage from tanks and ponds. Ground water exploitation

for domestic use in the district is mainly through private dug wells and hand pump fitted

government bore wells. Data pertaining to various parameters such as rainfall, water level

fluctuation, specific yield, ground water abstraction structures for various utilities,

irrigation and other data recorded and / or collected by CGWB, SE region and GWS & I,

Government of Orissa and other state government agencies have been utilized to estimate

the dynamic ground water resource of Khurda district. Block wise availability of ground

water resources has been estimated, based on norms recommended by Ground Water

Estimation Committee (G.E.C. 1997). The total annual dynamic ground water resource of

Khurda district is assessed to be 90184 hectare metre. The annual utilizable ground water

resource earmarked for domestic and industrial use is 8542 hectare metre which is based

on the projection of requirement by the year 2025. The gross annual draft for all uses is


3-21

12464 hectare metre leaving a balance ground water resource of 73914 hectare metre for

further development for irrigation use. The present average stage of groundwater

development in the district has been worked out to be only 13.82%. The stage of ground

water development varies from a maximum of 26.56% in Begunia block to a minimum of

4.39 % in Banapur block.

Ground Water Quality

Quality of ground water is an important factor for assessing its suitability for various

uses. Ground water quality depends upon the lithological and chemical composition of

the aquifer, climatic conditions, quantum of recharge made and its movement, activities

of microorganisms, temperature and presence of contaminants in the environment.

High Nitrate concentration viz. more than 100 mg/l (as per BIS-10500) has adverse effect

on human health. High nitrate may cause infant Methaemoglobinaemia, a disease

commonly known as Blue Babies that causes reduction in oxygen carrying capacity of

blood. The process of high nitrate in drinking water causes Gastric cancer and adversely

affect the central nervous system and cardio vascular system. High nitrate concentration

(> 100mg/l) has been found in a few wells of Khandagiri (130 NO3 ), Jatni (117 mg/l),

Balakati (104) of Khurda district.

The concentration of fluoride is within the permissible limit (1.5 mg/l) in both shallow

and deeper aquifer except at few isolated pockets. At Chatu in Jatani block deeper aquifer

water contains 1.67 mg/l of fluoride. In shallow zones high fluoride concentration has

been noted from Balasing-Singhpur area of Bolagarh block. 11

High concentration of Iron in ground water gives bittersweet astringent taste making it

aesthetically undesirable in colour, odour and turbidity. Intake of high dose of Iron

present in ground water may result in Haemochromotosis i.e. accumulation of Iron in

kidneys, lungs, liver etc. resulting in stone formation and malfunctioning of these organs.

The concentration of Iron more than permissible limit (> 1.0 mg/l as per BIS 10500) have

been recorded in wells from Khandagiri (2.8 mg/l), Bharatpur (2.1 mg/l), &

Jagannathprasad (4.6 mg/l) in Khurda district.

Map showing depth to water level in pre-monsoon is shown in Figure 3.10and map

showing depth to water level in post-monsoon is shown in Figure 3.11


3-22

Figure 3.10: Map Showing Depth to Water Level in Pre-monsoon

Figure 3.11: Map Showing Depth to Water Level in Post-monsoon

Source: District Ground Water Khurda District, Odisha, Ministry of Water Resources, Central

Ground Water Board.


3-23

3.9 LAND USE The Land use classification is given in Table 3.7

l no Land use Division Area ( sq km ) Area ( % ) 1 Agriculture crop land 119.62 38.04 2 Forest Deciduous 22.68 7.21 3 Forest Plantation 46.17 14.68 4 Barren/ Unculturable/ waste

lands/ Scrub lands 86.57 27.53 5 Mine / Quarry 5.12 1.63 6 Built up land 32.35 10.29 7 Water Body 1.98 0.63

Table 3.7: Land Use Classification

Land use/land cover map within 10 km radius study area is given in Figure 3.12

Figure 3.12: Land Use/ Land Cover Map Within 10 km Study Area


3-24

3.10 SEISMICITY

There are 5 major seismic zones (zones I, II, III, IV & V) in India, based on the seismo-

tectonic parameters, history of seismicity and certain geophysical parameters. The project

site is 7 km away from Khurda Road Railway station at Khurda District. Khurda District

comes under Seismic zone II.

Seismic zone map for the Odisha state is shown in the Figure 3.13.

Figure 3.13: Map Showing Seismic Tectonic Zone


3-25

3.11 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The prime objective of baseline air monitoring is to evaluate the existing air quality of the

area. This will also be useful for assessing the conformity to standards of the ambient air

quality during construction and operation phase of the Plant. This section describes

selection of sampling locations, methodology adopted for sampling, analytical techniques

and frequency of sampling. Monitoring of ambient air was carried out during the study in

the month of 15th September 2015 to 15th December 2015. The methodology adopted for

ambient air quality monitoring is given below.

3.11.1 Selection of Sampling Locations

The locations for ambient air quality monitoring were scientifically selected based on the

following considerations using climatological data.

Topography / Terrain of the study area

Human Settlements

Health status

Accessibility of monitoring site

Resource Availability

Representativeness of the region for establishing baseline status

Representativeness with respect to likely impact areas.

The ambient air quality monitoring locations are given in the Table 3.8


3-26

Table 3.8– Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

Air sampling location code Location Geographical

location

Direction with the respect to

project site

Distance with respect to

project site (km)

Elevation in feet

AAQ1 Project Site N-20º10’21.29” E-85º38’26.38” - - 214

AAQ2 Jatni N-20º10’07.59” E-85º42’15.64” E 6.68 152

AAQ3 Janala N-20º13’14.13” E-85º42’43.60” NE 9.22 116

AAQ4 Palaspur N-20º14’41.55” E-85º40’02.35” NNE 8.52 170

AAQ5 Gurujanga N-20º11’55.71” E-85º37’08.53” NW 3.74 156

AAQ6 Palatotapada N-20º09’42.17” E-85º36’27.32” WSW 3.64 205

AAQ7 Bajpur N-20º07’01.80” E-85º36’40.56” SSW 6.83 114

AAQ8 Podapada N-20º08’28.43” E-85º39’39.92” SSE 4.04 120


3-27

3.11.2 Parameters for Sampling

The parameters chosen for assessment of ambient air quality were Particulate Matter

(PM10), Particulate Matter (PM2.5), Sulphur di-oxide (SO2), Nitrogen Di-oxide (NO2),

VOC, Methane & Non – Methane Hydrocarbon.

3.11.3 Instruments used for Sampling

Respirable Dust Samplers (RDS) APM- 460 BL of Envirotech were used for

monitoring particulate matter (PM10), gaseous pollutants like SO2 and NOx. Fine

particulate samplers APM 550 of Envirotech was used for monitoring PM2.5.

The map showing air quality monitoring locations is given in Figure 3.14.

Figure 3.14: Map Showing Air Quality Monitoring Locations


3-28

3.11.4 Sampling and Analytical Techniques

PM10 and PM2.5 have been estimated by gravimetric method. In RDS, ambient air is

sucked through a cyclone. Coarse and non-respirable dust is separated from the air

stream by centrifugal forces acting on the solid particles, these particles fall through

the cyclone’s conical hopper and gets collected in the sampling cap placed at the

bottom. The fine dust (<10 microns) forming the respirable particulate matter (PM10)

passes the cyclone and is retained on the filter paper. A tapping is provided on the

suction side of the blower to provide suction for sampling air through a set of

impingers which contains absorbing solutions for SO2 and NO2.

PM2.5 was determined by Fine Particulate Sampler. The air inlet has a circular

symmetry so that air entry is unaffected by wind direction and is designed to keep out

rain, insects and very large particles. The inlet section immediately leads to an

impactor stage designed to trap particles with an aerodynamic diameter larger than 10

microns. Thus the air stream in the down tube consists of only medium and fine

particulates. The streamlined air flow of the down tube is accelerated through the

nozzle of the well shaped impactor designed to trap medium size particulates with an

aerodynamic diameter between 2.5 and 10 microns. To avoid sampling errors due to

the tendency of small particles to bounce off the impaction surface a 37mm diameter

GF/A paper immersed in silicone oil is used as an impaction surface. The air stream

leaving the WINS impactor consists of microns. These fine particles are collected on a

special Teflon membrane filter of 47 mm diameter.

Modified West and Gaeke method (IS-5182 part-II, 1969) has been adopted for

estimation of SO2 and Jacobs-Hochheiser method (IS-5182 part-IV, 1975) has been

adopted for the estimation of NO2. The techniques for sampling and analysis of

parameters are presented in the Table 3.9


3-29

Table 3.9: Techniques Used for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

S. No Parameters (in µg/m3)

Technique

1. Particulate Matter (PM10) Gravimetric (High- Volume with Cyclone)

2. Particulate Matter (PM2.5) Gravimetric (Fine particulate Sampler)

3. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) EPA Modified West &Gaeke method 4. Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) Arsenite Modified Jacob &Hochheiser

5. Total Volatile Organic Compounds (TVOC)

EPA Method

6. Hydrocarbon IS 5182: Part 12: 1991 3.11.5 Results

Various parameters like maximum, minimum and average have been computed from

the monitored data for all the locations and summary of ambient air quality test results

are presented in Tables 3.10.


3-30

Table 3.9 – Summary of Ambient Air Quality Result

Code Location PM2.5,µg/m3 PM10,µg/m3 SO2,µg/m3 NOX,µg/m3

Min Max Avg. 98 Per Min Max Avg. 98 Per

Min Max Avg. 98 Per Min Max Avg 98 per

AAQ1 Project Site 28.5 37.5 33.11 37.45 57.3 73.1 64.65 72.82 9.6 14.2 12.21 13.97 18.3 26.3 22.30 26.3

AAQ2 Jatni 20.8 26.4 23.66 26.4 43.6 53.7 48.0 53.56 5.5 8.4 7.06 8.3 12.7 17.1 14.62 16.96

AAQ3 Janala 18.5 25.6 21.97 25.41 39.2 48.8 44.05 48.52 BDL 6.4 4.45 BDL 10.2 14.7 11.87 14.19

AAQ4 Palaspur 16.7 22.8 19.22 22.24 35.1 45.3 40.16 45.25 BDL 6.7 4.6 BDL 9.3 13.1 11.10 12.96

AAQ5 Gurujanga 19.7 26.2 22.82 25.83 40.7 52.4 46.05 52.17 5.1 8.2 6.71 8.15 10.8 15.4 13.29 15.4

AAQ6 Palatotapada 18.7 24.1 21.74 24.1 38.2 47.2 43.25 47.15 BDL 6.3 4.4 BDL 9.6 13.9 11.45 13.5

AAQ7 Bajpur 15.5 21.7 18.71 21.60 35.5 44.1 39.6 43.87 BDL 7.8 12.4 10.01 11.84

AAQ8 Podapada 15.8 20.8 18.43 20.66 33.6 42.5 38.78 42.13 BDL 7.3 10.7 8.85 10.56

Test Method IS 5182 Pt.23 : 2006 (Reaff. 2012)

Appendix L To EPA- 40 CFR PART 50

IS 5182: Part 2:2001 (Reaff. 2012)

IS 5182: Part 6:2006 (Reaff. 2012)

CPCB / MoEF Standards

Industrial /Residential / Rural and Other Area

100

60

80

80

Table 3.10- Summary of Ambient Air Quality Result


3-31

Code Location Total VOC

µg/m3

Methane & Non-Methane Hydrocarbon

Methane

µg/m3 Min Max Avg 98 Per Min Max Avg 98 Per

AAQ1 Project Site 62 118 90.38 116.62 55.8 102.5 80.61 101.90 BDL(<0.01)

AAQ2 Jatni BDL (<1) BDL (<0.1) BDL(<0.01)

AAQ3 Janala BDL (<1) BDL (<0.1) BDL(<0.01)

AAQ4 Palaspur BDL (<1) BDL (<0.1) BDL(<0.01)

AAQ5 Gurujanga BDL (<1) BDL (<0.1) BDL(<0.01)

AAQ6 Palatotapada BDL (<1) BDL (<0.1) BDL(<0.01)

AAQ7 Bajpur BDL (<1) BDL (<0.1) BDL(<0.01)

AAQ8 Podapada BDL (<1) BDL (<0.1) BDL(<0.01)

Test Method Ion Science VOC Meter GC-FID GC-FID CPCB / MoEF Standards Industrial /Residential / Rural

and Other Area Not Specified Not Specified Not Specified


3-32

3.10.6 Observations PM10: The maximum and minimum concentrations for PM10 were recorded as

73.1 g/m3 and 33.6g/m3 respectively. The maximum concentration was recorded at Project

site and the minimum concentration was recorded at Podapada. The average concentrations

were ranged between 38.78 and 64.65 g/m3.

PM2.5: The maximum and minimum concentrations for PM2.5 were recorded as 37.5g/m3 and

15.5 g/m3 respectively. The maximum concentration was recorded at Project site and the

minimum concentration was recorded at Bajpur. The average values were observed to be in the

range of 18.43 and 33.11 g/m3.

SO2: The maximum and minimum SO2 concentrations were recorded as 14.2 g/m3 and BDL

respectively. The maximum concentration was recorded at Project site. The average values

were observed to be in the range of BDL and 12.21 g/m3.

NO2: The maximum and minimum NOx concentrations were recorded as 26.3g/m3 and 7.3

g/m3. The maximum concentration was recorded at Project site and the minimum

concentration was recorded at Podapada. The average values were observed to be in the range

of 8.85 and 22.30 g/m3.

VOC: The maximum and minimum VOC concentrations were recorded as 118 g/m3 and

BDL respectively. The maximum concentration was recorded at Project site. The average

values were observed to be in the range of BDL and 90.38g/m3.

Non-Methane Hydrocarbon: The maximum and minimum concentrations were recorded as

102.5 g/m3 and BDL respectively. The maximum concentration was recorded at Project site

The average values were observed to be in the range of BDL and 80.61 g/m3.

The concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx, are observed to be well within the standards

prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) for Industrial, Rural, Residential and

Other area. All the value of Methane was found to be below detection limit.


3-33

3.12 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The main objective of monitoring of ambient noise levels was to establish the baseline

noise levels in the surrounding areas and to assess the total noise level in the

environment of the study area.

3.12.1 Identification of Sampling Locations

A preliminary reconnaissance survey was undertaken to identify the major noise sources in

the area. The sampling location in the area was identified considering the location of industry,

residential area, highways and institutional areas. The noise monitoring locations are

presented in Table 3.11 and shown in Figure 3.11

Table 3.11 – Noise Quality monitoring stations

Location Code

Sample location

Geographical location

Direction with respect to project

site

Distance with respect to project site (km)

Environmental Setting

N1 Project Site N-20º10’21.29” E-85º38’26.38” - - Industrial Area

N2 Podapada N-20º08’30.18” E-85º39’37.95” SSE 4.04 Industrial Area

N 3 Jatni N-20º09’48.14” E-85º42’01.20” E 6.68 Residential Area

N4 Kanjiama N-20º12’00.23” E-85º39’15.62” NNE 3.40 Residential Area

N5 Khurdha N-20º10’40.20” E-85º37’01.55” WNW 2.53 Residential Area

N6 Sialiapatna N-20º08’43.15” E-85º37’22.38” SSW 3.51 Residential Area

N7 Gurujanga N-20º11’50.40” E-85º37’29.55” NNW 3.74 Residential Area

N8 Badatota N-20º10’53.16” E-85º39’58.50” ENE 2.86 Residential Area


3-34

3.12.2 Instrument used for Sampling

Noise levels were measured using a sound level meter. The sound level meter measures the equivalent continuous noise level (Leq) by switching on the corresponding function mode.

3.12.3 Method of Monitoring

Noise, in general, is sound which is composed of many frequency components of

various types of loudness distributed over the audible frequency range. Various noise

scales have been introduced to describe, in a single number, the response of an

average human to a complex sound made up of various frequencies at different

loudness levels. The most common and universally accepted scale is the ‘A’ weighted

Scale which is measured as dB (A). This is more suitable for audible range of 20 to

20,000 Hz. The scale has been designed to weigh various components of noise

according to the response of a human ear.

Sound Pressure Level (SPL) measurements were measured at all locations. The

readings were taken for every hour for 24 hours. The day noise levels have been

monitored during 6 am to 10 pm and night levels during 10 pm to 6 am at all the

locations covered in 10-km radius of the study area. The noise levels were measured

once during the study period. These readings were later tabulated and the frequency

distribution table was prepared. Finally, hourly and 24 hourly values for various noise

parameters viz. Lday and Lnight were calculated.

For noise levels measured over a given period of time, it is possible to describe

important features of noise using statistical quantities. This is calculated using the

percent of the time certain noise levels exceed the time interval. The notations for the

statistical quantities of noise levels are described below:

L10 is the noise level exceeded 10 per cent of the time L50 is the noise level exceeded 50 per cent of the time and L90 is the noise level exceeded 90 per cent of the time


3-35

Equivalent Sound Pressure Level (Leq)

The Leq is the equivalent continuous sound level, which is equivalent to the same sound

energy as the actual fluctuating sound measured in the same period. This is necessary because

sound from noise source often fluctuates widely during a given period of time.

This is calculated from the following equation:

Leq = L50 + (L10 - L90)2/60 Parameters Measured During Monitoring For noise levels measured over a given period of time interval, it is possible to describe

important features of noise using statistical quantities. This is calculated using the percent of

the time, certain noise levels are exceeded during the time interval. The notation for the

statistical quantities of noise levels is described below:

Hourly Leq day: Equivalent noise levels between 6.00 hours to 22.00 hours. Leq night: Equivalent noise levels between 22.00 hours to 6.00 hours.


3-36

Figure: 3.15 Map Showing the Location of Noise level Monitoring Stations


3-37

3.12.4 Results The summary of computed ambient noise level parameters like Lday and Lnight are

presented in Table 3.12 and compared to the standards specified by CPCB mentioned

below in Table 3.13

Table 3.12 Ambient Noise Level

Table 3.13- Ambient Noise Quality Standards Source: CPCB

Note: Daytime shall mean from 6.00 a.m. to 10.00 p.m. Night time shall mean from 10.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m.

Location Code Sample location Leq day

[dB(A)] Leq Night [dB(A)]

Leq [dB(A)]

N1 Project Site 54.5 48.6 53.2 N2 Podapata 47.3 40.1 45.9 N3 Jatni 49.4 42.4 48 N4 Kanjiama 48.6 41.7 47.2 N5 Khurdha 51.1 43.2 49.6 N6 Sialiapatna 45.8 39.5 44.5 N7 Gurujanga 50.3 42.2 48.8 N8 Badatota 49.4 41.6 47.9

Category of Area / Zone

Limits in dB (A) Leq Day Time Night Time

Industrial Area 75 70 Commercial Area 65 55 Residential Area 55 45 Silence Zone 50 40


3-38

3.12.5 Observations

Day time Noise Levels Noise levels during day time were found to be in the range 54.5 to 45.8 dB (A). The

maximum noise level was observed to be 54.5dB (A) at Project site and a minimum of

45.8 dB (A) was observed at Sialiapatna.

Night time Noise Levels Noise levels observed to fall in the range 48.6 to 39.5dB (A) during the night time. A

maximum of 48.6 dB (A) was observed at Project site and a minimum of 39.5dB (A)

was observed at Sialiapatna.

3.13 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Water sampling has been conducted to establish baseline water quality in the area.

Water analysis was carried out for physical and chemical parameters as per the

methods prescribed in IS 10500 and “Standard Methods for the Examination of Water

and Wastewater (American Public Health Association)”.

3.13.1 Sampling Locations

The details of the water sampling stations are presented in the Table 3.14 and shown

in Figure 3.16.


3-39

Table 3.14 – Water Quality monitoring locations

Air sampling location

code

Location Geographical location

Direction with the respect to project

site


project site (km)

Type of water

GW1 Project Site N-20º10’21.29” E-85º38’26.38” - - Ground

Water

GW2 Jatni N-20º10’07.59” E-85º42’15.64” E 6.68 Ground

Water

GW3 Palaspur N-20º14’41.55” E-85º40’02.35” NNE 8.52 Ground

Water

GW4 Palatotapada N-20º09’42.17” E-85º36’27.32” WSW 3.64 Ground

Water

GW5 Gurujanga N-20º11’50.40” E-85º37’29.55” NNW 3.74 Ground

Water

GW6 Podapada N-20º08’30.18” E-85º39’37.95” SSE 4.04 Ground

Water

SW1 Daya River N-20º05’17.00” E-85º40’19.48” SSE 9.88 Surface

Water

SW2 Gurujanga Pond Water

N-20º11’32.22” E-85º37’22.03” NW 2.92 Surface

Water


3-40

Figure – 3.16 Map Showing Water quality Monitoring Locations 3.13.2 Results The physicochemical characteristics of water in the study area are presented in the Tables

3.15 and is compared with the standards (IS 10500: Indian Standards/Specifications for

Drinking Water) reference values.


3-41

Table 3.15– Results for Water Analysis

Ground Water

W1- Project Site, W2- Jatni, W3- Palaspur, BDL –Below Detectable Limit

S. No

Parameters

Unit

Test method

Limit as per

IS 10500 : 2012

W1

W2

W3

1 Colour Hazen APHA 22nd EDITION 5 1 3 2

2 Odour - APHA 22nd EDITION Unobjectionable No Odour Observed

No Odour Observed

No Odour Observed

3 pH at 25 °C - IS : 3025 Part 11- 1983 (Reaff:2002) 6.5-8.5 7.00 7.16 6.63

4 Conductivity at 25 °C μS/cm IS : 3025 Part 14- 1984

(Reaff:2002) Not Specified 175 376 105

5 Turbidity NTU IS : 3025 Part 10-1984 (Reaff: 2002) 1 1.3 0.8 1.1

6 Total dissolved solids mg/l IS : 3025 Part 15-1984

(Reaff: 2003) 500 96 207 58

7 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l IS : 3025 Part 21-2009 300 54 128 38

8 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l IS : 3025 Part 23-

1986(Reaff:2003) 200 52 122 28

9 Chloride as Cl- mg/l IS : 3025 Part 32-1988 (Reaff: 2003) 250 7.8 37 7

10 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l APHA 22nd EDN -4500- SO42- E 200 15 12 13.5

11 Fluoride as F mg/l APHA 22nd EDN -4500-F B&D 1 0.26 0.37 0.25

12 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l APHA 22nd EDN -4500- NO3- B 45 7.2 1 1

13 Ammonia as NH3 mg/l APHA 22nd EDN -4500- NH3 B&C Not Specified *BDL(<0.

05) BDL(<0.0

5) 0.06

14 Phosphate as PO4 mg/l IS : 3025 Part 31-1988(Reaff:2002) Not Specified 0.03 BDL(<0.0

1) 0.11

15 Sodium as Na mg/l IS : 3025 Part 45-1993(Reaff:2003) Not Specified 13 26 6.7

16 Potassium as K mg/l IS : 3025 Part 45-1993(Reaff:2003) Not Specified 1.3 2.1 BDL(<1)

17 Calcium as Ca mg/l IS : 3025 Part 40-1991(Reaff:2003) 75 12.8 37 8

18 Magnesium as Mg mg/l APHA 22nd EDITION 30 5.3 8.7 4.3

19 Iron as Fe mg/l IS : 3025 Part 53-2003 0.30 0.28 0.21 0.18

20 Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/l IS:3025:Part-58:2006 Not Specified 14.1 16.4 10.7


3-42

W4- Palatotapada, W5- Gurujanga, W6-Podapada BDL –Below Detectable Limit

S. No

Parameters

Unit

Test method

Limit as per IS 10500 : 2012

W4 W5 W6

1 Colour Hazen APHA 22nd EDITION 5 1 1 Nil

2 Odour - APHA 22nd EDITION Unobjectionable No Odour Observed

No Odour Observed

No Odour Observed

3 pH at 25 °C - IS : 3025 Part 11- 1983 (Reaff:2002) 6.5-8.5 6.69 6.96 7.11

4 Conductivity at 25 °C μS/cm IS : 3025 Part 14- 1984

(Reaff:2002) Not Specified 560 338 256

5 Turbidity NTU IS : 3025 Part 10-1984 (Reaff: 2002) 1 0.7 1 0.5

6 Total dissolved solids mg/l IS : 3025 Part 15-1984

(Reaff: 2003) 500 308 186 138

7 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l IS : 3025 Part 21-2009 300 280 138 72

8 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l IS : 3025 Part 23-

1986(Reaff:2003) 200 210 152 60

9 Chloride as Cl- mg/l IS : 3025 Part 32-1988 (Reaff: 2003) 250 64 4 24

10 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l APHA 22nd EDN -4500- SO42- E 200 6 16 18

11 Fluoride as F mg/l APHA 22nd EDN -4500-F B&D 1 0.21 0.28 0.33

12 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l APHA 22nd EDN -4500- NO3- B 45 1.2 1 3

13 Ammonia as NH3 mg/l APHA 22nd EDN -4500- NH3 B&C Not Specified BDL(<0.0

5) 0.08 0.08

14 Phosphate as PO4 mg/l IS : 3025 Part 31-1988(Reaff:2002) Not Specified 0.30 BDL(<0.

01) BDL(<0.

01)

15 Sodium as Na mg/l IS : 3025 Part 45-1993(Reaff:2003) Not Specified 12 16 19

16 Potassium as K mg/l IS : 3025 Part 45-1993(Reaff:2003) Not Specified 1.5 1.4 1.6

17 Calcium as Ca mg/l IS : 3025 Part 40-1991(Reaff:2003) 75 64 39 21

18 Magnesium as Mg mg/l APHA 22nd EDITION 30 29 9.7 4.7 19 Iron as Fe mg/l IS : 3025 Part 53-2003 0.30 0.14 0.10 0.05

20 Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/l IS:3025:Part-58:2006 Not Specified 12.8 8.2 4.6


3-43

Surface Water

SW1 – Daya River, SW2 – Gurujanga Pond Water, BDL - Below Detection Limit

Sl. No PARAMETER UNIT

RESULTS TEST PROCEDURE

(SW1) (SW2)

1 Colour Hazen 3 1 APHA 22nd EDITION

2 Odour - No Odour Observed

No Odour Observed APHA 22nd EDITION

3 pH at 25°C - 6.86 6.95 IS : 3025 Part 11- 1983 (Reaff: 2002) 4 Electrical Conductivity, μS/cm 227 356 IS : 3025 Part 14- 1984 (Reaff: 2002) 5 Turbidity NTU 5.7 3.2 IS : 3025 Part 10-1984 (Reaff: 2002) 6 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 125 196 IS : 3025 Part 16-1984 (Reaff: 2003) 7 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 86 144 IS : 3025 Part 21-2009 8 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 78 120 IS : 3025 Part 23- 1986(Reaff: 2003) 9 Chloride as Cl mg/l 15 25 IS : 3025 Part 32-1988 (Reaff: 2003)

10 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 12 13 APHA 22nd EDITION -4500- SO42- E

11 Fluoride as F mg/l 0.41 0.26 APHA 22nd EDITION -4500-F B&D 12 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 3.6 10.1 APHA 22nd EDITION -4500- NO3- B

13 Ammonia as NH3 mg/l BDL(<0.05) BDL(<0.05) APHA 22nd EDITION -4500- NH3 B&C

14 Phosphate as PO4 mg/l 0.38 0.05 IS : 3025 Part 31-1988 (Reaff: 2002) 15 Sodium as Na mg/l 12 17 IS : 3025 Part 45-1993 (Reaff: 2003) 16 Potassium as K mg/l 1.2 1 IS : 3025 Part 45-1993 (Reaff: 2003) 17 Calcium as Ca mg/l 21 41 IS : 3025 Part 40-1991 (Reaff: 2003) 18 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 8.2 10.2 APHA 22nd EDITION 19 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.89 0.14 IS : 3025 Part 53-2003

20 Anionic Surfactants as MBAS mg/l BDL

(<0.025) BDL

(<0.025) APHA 22nd EDITION -5540 C

21 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 8 3 IS : 3025 Part 17-1984 (Reaff: 2002) 22 Dissolved Oxygen as O2 mg/l 6.7 5.1 IS:3025:Part-38:1989 (Reaff: 2003) 23 Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/l 22 36 IS:3025:Part-58:2006

24 Bio-Chemical Oxygen Demand at 27° C for 3 days mg/l 3.7 6.1 IS:3025:Part-44:1993 (Reaff: 2003)

25 Total Coliform MPN/ 100ml

348 /100ml

>1600 /100ml IS 1622 (1981) (Reaff – 2003)

26 Faecal Coliform MPN/ 100ml

94 / 100ml

542 / 100ml IS 1622 (1981)(Reaff – 2003)


3-44

3.13.3 Observations

Ground Water The analysis of ground water results indicate that the average pH ranges in between

6.63 – 7.16, TDS ranges from 58 mg/l – 308 mg/l, total hardness ranges from 38mg/l -

280mg/l, iron content ranges from 0.05 – 0.28 mg/l, nitrate content ranges from 1 –

7.2 mg/l was observed.

Surface Water The analysis of surface water results indicate that the average pH ranges in between

6.86 – 6.95, Electrical Conductivity ranges from 227 mg/l – 356 mg/l, TDS ranges

from 125 mg/l – 196 mg/l total hardness ranges from 86 mg/l – 144 mg/l, DO

(Disolved Oxygen) ranges from 5.1 mg/l – 6.7 mg/l was observed.

3.14 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

Table 3.16 - Soil Sampling Locations

Location Code Location Geographical

Location

Direction with the respect to project site


project site in km

S1 Project Site N-20º10’21.29” E-85º38’26.38” - -

S2 Palaspur N-20º14’41.55” E-85º40’02.35” NNE 8.52

S3 Jatni N-20º09’48.14” E-85º42’01.20” E 6.68

S4 Gurujanga N-20º11’50.40” E-85º37’29.55” NNW 3.74

S5 Badatota N-20º10’53.16” E-85º39’58.50” ENE 2.86

S6 Palatotapada N-20º09’42.17” E-85º36’27.32” WSW 3.64

S7 Sialiapatna N-20º08’43.15” E-85º37’22.38” SSW 3.51


3-45

3.14.1 Soil analysis

The present study of the soil quality establishes the baseline characteristics and this will help

in future identification of the incremental concentrations if any, due to the operation of the

LPG Plant. The sampling locations have been identified with the following objectives;

To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area and

To determine the impact of LPG Plant site on soil characteristics

7 locations within the study area were selected for soil sampling. At each location, soil

samples were collected from three different depths viz., 30 cm, 60 cm and 100 cm below the

surface. The samples were analyzed for physical and chemical characteristics. The details of

the soil sampling location are presented in Table 3.16 and shown in Figure 3.17. The results

are presented in Table 3.16 and compared with Standard Soil Classification presented in

Table 3.18.


3-46

Figure – 3.17 Map Showing Soil quality Monitoring Locations


3-47

Table 3.17 - Soil Quality Results

S. No. Parameters S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7

1 pH 7.68 7.57 7.11 7.23 8.12 7.94 7.47

2 Electrical conductivity, mS/cm 0.054 0.071 0.031 0.048 0.135 0.084 0.036

3 Available Nitrogen, mg/kg 21.6 16.4 18.6 25.2 23.7 31.6 41.4

4 Available Phosphorous, mg/kg 45.8 60.3 36.8 48.2 58.4 71.3 62.8

5 Available Potassium, mg/kg 177 152 205 148 232 196 132

6 Exchangeable Calcium as Ca, m.eq / 100g 8.11 7.95 6.78 6.05 9.14 8.74 5.94

7 Exchangeable Magnesium as Mg, m.eq/100g 3.65 4.25 3.16 3.68 5.07 4.96 3.44

8 Exchangeable Sodium as Na, m.eq / 100g 0.47 0.62 0.29 0.36 0.68 0.51 0.32

9 Organic Matter (%) 0.86 0.96 0.67 0.53 1.26 0.85 1.33

10 Texture Classification Sandy Clay

Loam Sandy Clay

Loam Loam Loam Sandy Clay Loam Sandy Clay Sandy Clay Loam

11 Sand (%) 47.2 51.3 45.2 38.6 53.8 48.2 48.2

12 Clay (%) 28.6 24.8 21.6 27.3 21.6 36.8 32.6

13 Silt (%) 24.2 23.9 33.2 34.1 24.6 15 19.2


3-48

TABLE 3.18 - Standard Soil Classification

Chemical Parameters

Ranking Very Low Very Low Very Low

pH <4, very Strongly Acidic pH <4, very Strongly

Acidic pH <4, very Strongly Acidic

Electrical conductivity (μS/cm)

<2000, Non saline

Electrical conductivity (μS/cm)

<2000, Non saline Electrical conductivity (μS/cm)

<2000, Non saline

Total Nitrogen (%) <0.05 VeryLow Total Nitrogen (%) <0.05Very Low Total Nitrogen (%) <0.05Very Low

Total Phosphorous (mg/kg)

<5 Very Low


<5 Very Low


<5 Very Low

Sodium (mg/kg) - Sodium (mg/kg) - Sodium (mg/kg) -

Potassium (mg/kg) - Potassium (mg/kg) - Potassium (mg/kg) -

Calcium (mg/kg) - Calcium (mg/kg) - Calcium (mg/kg) - Magnesium (mg/kg)

<40 Very Low Magnesium (mg/kg)

<40 Very Low Magnesium (mg/kg)

<40 Very Low

% Organic Matter 0.5-1.0 Very Low




3-49

Observation The soil results were compared with soil standards. It has been observed that the pH of the soil

was ranging from 7.11 to 8.12 indicating the soils are basic in nature. Conductivity of the soil

ranges from 0.031 to 0.135 mS/cm. Since the EC value is less than 2000 µS/cm, the soil is said to

be Non saline in nature.

Texture of the soil sample is predominantly loam. Soil organic content varied from 0.53 to 1.33%

which indicates the very low level of organic matter.

The available nitrogen content ranges between 16.4 to 41.4 mg/kg in the locality and the value of

phosphorus content varies between 36.8 to 71.3 mg/kg. This indicates that the soil have very

high quantities of Nitrogen and Phosphorus.

The potassium content varies from 132 to 232 mg/kg which indicates that the soils have high

quantities of potassium.

The Calsium content varies from 5.94 to 9.14 me.q/100g which indicates that the soils have high

quantities of Calsium.

From the above observations it was found that the soil in the Study area shows moderate

fertility.

3.15 Ecological Environment

Flora and fauna studies were conducted to assess the existing floral and faunal

composition of the area.

3.15.1 Objectives of Ecological Studies

The present study was undertaken with the objective of understanding the ecosystem

on the following lines:

To assess the nature and distribution of vegetation in and around the LPG Plant

site; and

To assess the distribution of animal life spectra..


3-50

3.15.2 Methodology Adopted for the Study

Assessment of the existing vegetation types in the core and buffer zones has been

done using standard procedures. The terrain of the impact zone is chiefly plain.

The Biodiversity studies were already carried out in the entire study area of 10 km

radius. The study of flora is conducted as per the guidelines of the Ministry of

Environment and Forests, Government of India, with respect to the scope and

objectives. The study involved in collection of primary data by conducting survey in

the field, examination of floral and faunal records in previously published reports and

records, and analysis of the information in view of the possible alteration in

environment of the LPG Plant. For the survey of fauna both direct and indirect

observation methods were used.

3.15.2.1 Flora in the Study Area

There is no sanctuaries in the 10 km radius of the study area. These forests are mainly

classed into tropical dry deciduous forest and tropical moist deciduous forest that are

outnumbered with rosewood, Haldi, Sal, Sagwan and Piasal trees, coconut trees.

Balukhanda and Chandaka reserve are the famous forest reserves in the study area.

The list of flora observed in the buffer zone is given in Table 3.19:

Table 3.19: List of Flora Observed In the Study Area

S.No. Botanical Name Local Name 1. Mangifera indica Mango, 2. Artocarpus heterofilus Kanthal 3. Annona reticulata Sitaphal 4. Borassus Flabellifer Tal 5. Phoenix sylvestris khejur 6. Emblica Officinalis Amla 7. Tamarindus indica Imli


3-51

8. Shorea robusta Sal 9. Tectona grandis Sagwan 10. Terminalia arjuna Arjun 11. Diospyros embryopteris Mankar Kendu 12. Magnolia champaca Champak 13. Secale cereale Rai

3.15.2.2 Fauna in the study area

The field studies are conducted to assess fauna in the study area. The list of animals present in

the study area are given in Table 3.20

Table 3.20: List of Fauna Observed in the Study Area

Sr. No Scientific Name

Common Name

Mammals Herpestesedwardsii Mongoose

Mus rattus Indian Field Mouse Birds

Acridotherestristis Common Myna

Grus antigone Saras crane Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Columba livianeglecta Blue Rock Pigeon Corvussplendens House Crow Dicrurusadsimillis Black Drongo

Nectariniaasioficabrevirostris Purple Sunbird Saxicoloidesfulicata Indian Robin Strebopeliadecaocto Ring Dove

Pycnonotus barbatus Bulbul Eudanamusscoloopacea Koel

Amphibians

Rana hexadactyla Common Indian toad Rana tigrina Frog

Reptiles

Ptyasmucosus Rat snake Najanaja Indian cobra


3-52

3.15.3 Environmental Sensitivity

As per MoEF&CC guideline, 15 km radius from the project site is considered as study

area for evaluating environmental sensitivity. The description of the environmental

sensitivity of the LPG Plant is given below:

National Parks and Wild Life Sanctuaries

There is no wild life sanctuary, national park or bird sanctuary with in the 15 km

radius of the project site.

Reserve Forests

There are 1 reserve forest 06 protected forest in the 10 km from the study area. They

are Barunai, Jariput, Tartua, Ratanapur, Kapileshwarpur, Jamuna Jharaparh & Rengal

Protected Forests.

Airport

The Biju Patnaik International Airport at Bhubaneswar is situated at a distance of 34

Km from the project site. The project site is not falling in aviation path.

Archaeological Protected Sites

There are no archaeological protected sites falling within the 10km radius of the Plant.

3.16 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

The assessment of socio-economic environment forms an integral part of an EIA

study. Socio-Economic status of the population is an indicator for the development of

the region. Any developmental project of any magnitude will have a bearing on the

living conditions and on the economic base of population in particular and the region

as a whole. Similarly, the LPG Plant activities will have its share of socio-economic

influence in the study area. The section delineates the overall appraisal of society


3-53

relevant attributes. The data collection for evaluation of impact of LPG Plant site on

socio-economic aspects in

the study area has been done through primary household survey and through the

analysis of secondary data available for study area.

3.16.1 Methodology

The methodology adopted in assessment of socio-economic condition is as given below;

To assess socio-economic conditions of the Population

Analysis of the identified social attributes like population distribution, availability of

public utilities etc., through Census of India 2011

Primary household survey to assess the present status of population of the study area

3.16.2 Sources of Information

As per the scope of this study, the information on socio-economic aspects has been

gathered and compiled from several secondary sources. The demographic data has

mainly been compiled from the Census of India 2011. The socio-economic details are

briefly described in following sections.

This section includes the present status of the socio-economic environment in the

study area. To determine the baseline socio-economic pattern, at and around the

project site, the required data have been obtained from the published data. Socio-

economic base line data were collected for the following indicators:

Demographic Structure Economic Structure Availability of Basic Amenities

The major demographic and economic structure of the study area are classified into

population, literacy rate and workers details.


3-54

3.16.3 Settlement Pattern

The project site is at 33 no Industrial Estate at Khurda District in the state of Odisha.

The area within 10 km radius from the project site has been considered as study area.

List of Villages in the study area within 5km radius: 1.Wilkisannagar, 2.Kumbharbasta, 3.Kanjiama, 4.Panabaraj, 5. Palla, 6. Totapada,

7.Haladiapada (Haridamada), 8.Saliapatna, 9.Berhampur, 10.Baniatangi, 11.Nausingh,

12.Kaladibari, 13.Kuradhamal (Khordwal)

Table 3.21: Population observed in the villages within 5 km area from the project site

Sl no

Name of the villages Total population SC ST

Total Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female

1 Wilkisannagar 1241 652 589 121 73 48 0 0 0 2 Kumbharbasta 2653 1374 1279 78 37 41 418 211 207 3 Kanjiama 85 49 36 13 9 4 0 0 0 4 Panabaraj 1631 852 779 93 45 48 246 130 116 5 Palla 2847 1493 1354 28 14 14 156 79 77 6 Totapada 1966 1056 910 166 90 76 3 1 2

7 Haladiapada (Haridamada) 629 313 316 3 0 3 221 117 104

8 Saliapatna 816 416 400 0 0 0 104 46 58 9 Berhampur 512 255 257 0 0 0 313 150 163

10 Baniatangi 2191 1121 1070 683 341 342 0 0 0 11 Nausingh 108 49 59 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 Kaladibari 513 247 266 20 9 11 175 88 87

13 Kuradhamal (Khordwal) 1496 786 710 68 39 29 0 0 0

TOTAL 16688 8663 8025 1273 657 616 1636 822 814

Percentage 51.91 48.09 7.63 51.61 48.39 9.80 50.24 49.76


3-55

Table 3.22: Literacy rate observed in the villages within 5 km area from the project site

Sl no Name of the villages Literates Illiterates

Total Male Female Total Male Female 1 Wilkisannagar 1031 557 474 210 95 115 2 Kumbharbasta 2122 1166 956 531 208 323 3 Kanjiama 68 40 28 17 9 8 4 Panabaraj 1386 758 628 245 94 151 5 Palla 2354 1290 1064 493 203 290 6 Totapada 1512 856 656 454 200 254

7 Haladiapada (Haridamada) 451 243 208 178 70 108

8 Saliapatna 1121 622 499 182 61 121 9 Berhampur 295 167 128 217 88 129

10 Baniatangi 1671 914 757 520 207 313 11 Nausingh 89 42 47 19 7 12 12 Kaladibari 380 197 183 133 50 83

13 Kuradhamal (Khordwal) 465 251 214 375 164 211

TOTAL 12945 7103 5842 3574 1456 2118

Percentage 77.57 81.99 72.8 21.41 16.80 26.39


3-56

Table 3.23: Workers observed in the villages within 5 km area from the project site

Sl no

Name of the villages Main Worker Marginal Worker Non Worker

Total Male Female Total Male

Female Total Male

Female

1 Wilkisannagar 338 326 12 59 40 19 844 286 558 2 Kumbharbasta 584 529 55 304 205 99 1765 640 1125 3 Kanjiama 23 16 7 9 8 1 53 25 28 4 Panabaraj 462 437 25 43 39 4 1126 376 750 5 Palla 834 681 153 98 75 23 1915 737 1178 6 Totapada 553 525 28 138 56 82 1275 475 800

7 Haladiapada (Haridamada) 68 61 7 140 102 38 421 150 271

8 Saliapatna 122 115 7 217 115 102 477 186 291 9 Berhampur 100 98 2 68 43 25 344 114 230 10 Baniatangi 676 573 103 195 57 138 1320 491 829 11 Nausingh 28 28 0 2 1 1 78 20 58 12 Kaladibari 153 127 26 20 6 14 340 114 226

13 Kuradhamal (Khordwal) 371 332 39 106 86 20 1019 368 651

TOTAL 4312 3848 464 1399 833 566 10977 3982 6995

Percentage 25.84 89.24 10.76 8.38 59.54 40.46 65.78 36.28 63.72


3-57

3.16.3.1 Population

The Study Area is mostly rural in character. The overall population considered within

5 km radius (78.6 sqkm) from the project site is 16688. Population structure in Study

Area has been furnished in following table. The above figures establish that the area

where the Project is proposed is moderately populated.

3.16.3.2 Demography A table showing population of the study area as per 2011 Census is given below

Total Population Male Female

16688 8663 8025 100% 51.91% 48.09%

Scheduled Caste & Scheduled Tribe

Scheduled Castes (SC) as percentage of total population is 7.63% & Schedule Tribe

(ST) 9.80%. SC & ST Percentage of classified population & sex ratio is in the Study

Area has been represented in the following table

Total Population Male Female

Schedule Caste 1273 657 616 100% 51.61% 48.39%

Schedule Tribe 1636 822 814 100% 50.24% 49.76%


3-58

Sex Ratio Sex Ratio (female per 1000 Male) considering the total population in the Study Area is 926.

Sex ratio of Scheduled Castes (SC) population is 938 & sex ratio of Schedule Tribe (ST)

population is 990.

Description Population Sex Ratio Total 16688 (100%) 929 SC 1273 (7.63%) 938 ST 1636 (9.80%) 990

Literacy status

Overall literacy rate in the study area is 77.57%. In the study area male literacy rate is

81.998% while female literacy is 72.8%. Literacy status of the Study Area is

furnished below:

Description Total Male Female

Population 16688 8663(51.91%) 8025 (48.09%)

Literates 12945 7103 (81.99%) 5842 (72.8%)

Illiterates 3574 1456 (16.81%) 2118 (26.39%)

3.16.3.3 Distribution of Population The distribution of population in the study area is given in Table 3.21.

Table 3.24- Distribution of Population in the Study Area

Particulars Study Area

Male Population 8663

Female Population 8025

Total Population 16688

Sex ratio 926


3-59

3.16.3.4 Average Household Size

The study area had a family size of 5.15 as per census records. This lower family size

could be attributed to a high degree of urbanization with migration of people with

higher literacy levels who generally opt for smaller family size with family welfare

measures and also due to the prevalence of single member families, a common

phenomenon in mining and industrial areas.

3.16.3.5 Occupational Structure

Occupational structure and employment status in Study area are presented in

following table and also represented through pie chart. Percentage of main works

in total population is 25.84%. Percentage of marginal workers is low (8.38 %).

Table 3.25 - Occupational Structure

Occupation Number of People % of Total population

Main Workers 4312 25.84% Marginal Workers 1399 8.38%

Non Workers 10977 65.78%


3-60

3.16.4 Availability of Infrastructure

Availability of infrastructure and facilities denote the level of overall development in

the study area. The list of industries, schools, colleges and hospitals located near the

study area are given below:

Industries & Offices

Janalaxmi Financial Service

Oil Mill

Spinning Mill

Stone washery

DRDA Office

DM Offices

Institutions

National Institute of Science education

Aryan Institute of Enginnering & Technology

Centurion Institute of Technology

Eklavya College of Technology & Science

Hi-tech Institute of technology.

Jatni College

PN College

High - School

Seventh-Day Adventist Higher Secondary School

Jawahar Navodaya Vidyalaya

ST. Xaviars High School

NDRC High School

Prananath (P.N) High School


3-61

Tourist & Pilgrim

Lakxmi Narayan Temple a

Akhandalmani Temple

Damanei Temple

Maa Baata Bhuaasuni Temple


4-1

CHAPTER 4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter covers anticipated impacts on environment due to the storage capacity

expansion of the storage and distribution facilities of LPG at 33 No. Industrial Estate

P.O PN College Khurda of Odisha State. The Plant is 7 km away from Khurda Road

Railway station. Impact on environment have been evaluated and predicted based on

the information collected at the site and the information provided by BPCL.

This section deals with identification of the proposed project's potential in inducing

environmental, social and ecological impacts both during construction and operation

phases:

- Impact on land

- Impacts on air environment

- Impacts on water environment

- Impact of disposal of solid wastes

- Impact on human environment

- Ecological impacts

Environmental and social impacts can be induced during both construction and

operation phase. Some impacts are short term and some long term. The various

probable impacts are discussed below:

4.2. 1 Impact on Topography 4.2.1.1 Impact during Construction Phase

Salient activities during the construction phase having potential for inducing either

environmental or social impacts are described below. Incidentally, most of the

activities during construction phase induce only short-term / temporary


4-2

environmental impact. However, social impacts arising out of land oustees and

loss/change in occupational structure, if applicable, often become long-term affairs.

Possession of Land

Land possession is the first activity before commencement of any project

construction. This activity naturally has potential of inducing socio-economic

impact from minor to severe nature.

May be less but acquisition of good agricultural land may render scores of people

jobless and place those affected people and their families into uncertainties so far as

their earning and sustenance is concerned. For the proposed project, the total land is

under possession of BPCL. Hence, there will be no impact due to this issue.

Site Development

This is one of the prime activities for any project. This activity mainly involves

clearing of the land from all hindrances including dismantling / demolition of

houses (if any), removal of vegetation and in many a cases land leveling /grading

to bring the site to a condition of starting construction work.

For the proposed expansion project, the total land which is under possession of

BPCL, is barren & flat and hence only leveling /grading has to be done. No

demolition of houses, removal of vegetation or cutting and filling work is

envisaged.

Civil & Structural Work

This work can be divided into two groups, foundation work and superstructure

work. Certain foundation work may involve excavation using machinery etc. These

activities may generate noise pollution. Besides, foundation work will involve

trench cutting, excavation and concreting work. Dust pollution, especially during

dry season, will be the major problem unless appropriate measures are adapted to

contain/minimize the dust nuisance. The super structural work will involve steel

and concrete work, masonry work etc. and will involve use of equipment like


4-3

cranes, mixers, welding sets etc. There may be dust, noise and gaseous pollution

from this work. Concreting work will demand considerable amount of water. This

may induce impact on local hydrology also in specific cases, if not taken care of

specifically. During construction fugitive dust may generate, this will be

suppressed by sprinkling water.

Mechanical and Electrical Erection

The mechanical erection work involves use of mechanical equipment for storage,

retrieval and erection, site fabrication etc. leading to some noise pollution and some

air pollution. Electrical work, however, has less pollution potential.

Sources of Construction Materials

For any project of this nature requirement of stone and sand for the construction

work will not be a large in quantity. First of all, sources of these two prime

construction materials, which are available in nature, are abundantly available

nearby. Hence, transportation of these materials from distant sources will cause

minimal short-term local impact spread over transportation route.

Housing and Other Human Requirement

This activity covers the arrangement for housing and living requirements for the

construction workers. Most of the work in construction phase is labour- intensive.

In fact the site will be having more workers during construction phase than during

operating phase. A large number of them will be coming from beyond immediate

neighborhood. Unless steps are taken in advance to meet the construction stage

demand, short term large scale immigration may have immense impact on local

housing, civic facilities, education, health and culture.

Requirement of workers during construction phase will be 50-60. Accommodations

can be arranged in nearby villages. Most of the unskilled and semi skilled labor

shall be from nearby villages and towns. Responsibility of bringing labors to site

will lie with the respective contractor.


4-4

Local Infrastructure

National Highway - 5 will run in close proximity of the existing Plant area. From

the above discussion, it is clear that the impacts during construction phase would be

short-term in nature and would be limited to the construction period only.

Moreover, BPCL will take appropriate measure before start of construction

activities to eliminate/minimize potential impacts.

4.2.1.2 Mitigation Measures during Construction Phase:

This clause describes the control technologies adopted / recommended for

mitigating the probable environmental impacts during construction phase of the

project.

Compensatory afforestation

The total land including the land required for expansion is under possession of

BPCL. Hence the question of compensatory afforestation does not exist. However,

BPCL is implementing intensive greenery development program from initial days of

Plant construction to mitigate adverse impact, if any.

• Dust Suppression

The main and visible pollution during construction phase is fugitive dust generated

during excavation and other earthmoving activities and during concreting work.

This problem, though temporary, has to be mitigated by introducing dust

suppression measure through sprinkling of water in dust prone activities like

movement of vehicles especially on unmetalled roads, digging work, raw material

handling etc.

To ensure this, BPCL will use water sprinklers to minimize/ eliminate fugitive dust

nuisance. This will primarily cover requirements from the point of view of

Occupational Safety and Health and broadly mitigate the aspect of mitigation of

environmental pollution.


4-5

• Resettlement and Rehabilitation (R & R)

For the present project, there is no R & R issues involved since the Project is an

expansion project for which the entire land is under possession of BPCL.

• Workers' Colony

There will be migration of people during construction phase there will be an influx

of about 50 - 60 persons. Most of the unskilled and semi skilled labour shall be from

nearby villages and towns.

The site being easily accessible from the nearby areas that also have a good number

of housing facilities, local housing will not be stressed to any degree of concern.

4.2.2 Operation Phase 4.2.2.1 Impact during Operation Phase

Main aspects and activities during operation phase of the proposed project having

potential for inducing environmental and/or social impacts are discussed as follows:

• Hydrology

Required consumptive water for the proposed project will be drawn from bore well.

No additional water requirement is envisaged for the proposed expansion.

Since water requirement is meager quantity, it is therefore expected that this drawl

of water for the proposed project is not expected to cause any impact of concern on

the ground water source.

Air Environment

The main source of air pollution due to operation of the Plant will be particulate

emission and combustion gases emitted due to vehicular movement. It can be

mentioned here that no new emergency DG set is proposed for the expansion. Thus

emission from the stacks of emergency DG sets is not applicable for the proposed

expansion project.


4-6

In addition to that, some hydrocarbon emission will also take place as fugitive

emission from leakages of gland, seals, etc.

Water Environment

Assessment of impact of the proposed project on water environment is as follows:

Water requirement for operating the Plant is very low, which is met through

bore well within the premises. As water requirement is negligible and additional

water requirement due to proposed project is nil, no adverse impact on water

environment is anticipated.

As no waste water will be discharged from the Plant, any impact on the surface

water is ruled out.

As no solid waste is generated / disposed off, adverse impact on the quality of

the water bodies due to carry over of toxic substances is ruled out.

Sewage from toilets is disposed off in Soak Pits, where bacterial action will

reduce the BOD content. Thus, no impact on the quality of ground water is

envisaged.

It is, therefore, concluded that the proposed receipt mode and storage of LPG

products will not have any adverse impact on water environment.

Physical Environment

Any project constructed on plain land (whether agricultural or otherwise) will change

the land-use pattern and general aesthetics and sight of the area. This, in one will

induce some impact on the physical environment.

For the proposed expansion no new land will be acquired since the total land

(including the land required for proposed expansion) is under possession of BPCL.

So the proposed expansion does not have any significant impact on the physical

environment.


4-7

Impact of solid waste

No Solid Waste shall be generated from operation of proposed Mounded Bullets.

Used oil, grease and empty drums shall be disposed of through registered vendors as

per Handling of Waste Material and Transboundary Rules, 2008 and subsequent

amendments. This will ensure that there will not be any impact on soil quality due

to the disposal or deposition of solid/hazardous waste.

Human Environment

Unless there are a large number of land oustees and not much people are rendered

jobless, other impacts of such project on human environment are generally positive

or beneficial when all probable adverse and beneficial impacts are analyzed and

equated together on overall basis. In case of land losers and homestead losers the

impact may be severe unless appropriate mitigation through Rehabilitation &

Resettlement Plan is ensured for the Project Affected People (PAP). For the present

project, there is no R & R issues involved since the Project is an expansion project

for which the total land is under possession of BPCL

Ecological impacts

Ecological impacts from this type of project will be insignificant. Potential primary

and secondary impacts from the proposed project on the biological environment

have been identified and the significant ecological impact is evaluated based on:

Habitat Quality

Species affected

Size/abundance of habits/organisms affected

Duration of Impacts

Magnitude of environmental changes

There are no , wildlife sanctuary located in the close proximity to the Plant. The

project will not have adverse impacts on the existing flora and fauna. As the forest

is far from the proposed project, the impact will be nil. Hence there will not be any

impact whatsoever on biodiversity.

During operation phase of the Plant facilities, no impact is anticipated on the

topography, therefore, no mitigation measure is required.


4-8

4.2.2.2 Mitigation Measures during Operation Phase:

This clause describes the control technologies adopted / recommended for

mitigating the probable environmental impacts during operation phase of the

project.

Air Pollution Control Measures

The only source of emission is from operation of DG sets and the fire engines.

There is no source of emission from the process since the entire operation is carried

in a sealed atmosphere. Air pollution control measures are described below:

DG Stack

DG stack of adequate height as recommended by MoEF will help in better

dispersion of pollutants (NOx, HC, PM) resulting in less GLC of pollutants.

For DG Sets, the minimum height of the stack should be computed by using the

formula; H = h + 0.2 * Sq root of (Capacity of DG set)

Where, h= Height of the building housing the DG Set

The minimum required heights and actual heights provided to the DG Sets (height

of the shed 3 meters above the ground level) are as follows:

Thus, it may be safely concluded that heights provided to the DG Sets exhausts are

in good compliance with the specified standards, with adequate safety margin.

b) DS System

To control fugitive dust, Dust Suppression system by water sprinkling is envisaged.

DG Set Capacity (KVA) Height Required (m)

Actual Height of the DG set provided (m)

380 7.398 12 350 6.662 12 25 4.5 12


4-9

c) Greenery

A greenery is also conceived around the air pollution sources and also along Plant

boundary to restrict air pollution.

Water Pollution Control

The sources of liquid effluents are identified below:

1) DM Plant Regeneration Waste

2) Sanitary Waste from plant toilets and

3) Canteen sullage

4) Waste water generated during mock fire drills

The wastewater management philosophy will be based on “Minimum Discharge”

concept. The treatment philosophy for each effluent stream is broadly discussed

below:

1. DM Plant Regeneration Waste

DM Plant Regeneration Waste is generated due to periodic regenerations of resin-

beds in the water demineralisation plant. The waste quality and quantity depends on

influent water quality, cycle of operations, type of resins etc. This stream contains

salts of sodium, magnesium, calcium etc. and may also contain insignificant amount

of heavy metals, if dissolved in DM Plant inlet water. This stream thus have high

amount of dissolved solids and also may be acidic or alkaline.

This stream is neutralised in a tank by adding acid or alkali as required. After

neutralization, the same is utilized in greenery development within the plant

premises.

2. Sanitary Waste from plant toilets

Sanitary waste is generated from various toilets in the plant. It is treated in septic

tanks and disposed off through soak pits.


4-10

3. Canteen Waste

The canteen waste or sullage is first screened to remove grits and then it is led to a

conventional oil trap for removal of oil. This waste then is treated in septic tanks

and disposed off through soak pits.

4. Waste water generated during mock drills

Waste water generated during mock fire drills (i.e. only once in a month) is passed

through vapour trap and discharged into natural drainage system.

Storm Water Drainage system

Storm Water drainage exists around the total plant area. The rainfall data is

considered for designing the storm water drain network for the entire plot. The

storm water drains are considered on either sides of the plant roads and routed so as

to avoid water logging in the plot & hume pipes will be used at road crossings to

carry water on the other side of road. The discharges from the storm water drains

are taken to various ground water re-charge bores. The overflow from the ground

water recharge bore is discharged outside the plot after passed routed through oil

interceptors

Release of Effluent in Case o Fire

Effluent generated during fire will be routed through vapour trap before disposal

through plant drainage outfall.

Characteristics of Waste Water

The characteristics of waste water will meet the General standard for discharge of

effluents is furnished as TABLE - 4.1 with this report


4-11

Solid Waste Management

No solid Waste shall be generated from operation of proposed Mounded Bullets.

Used oil, grease and empty drums shall be disposed of through registered vendors as

per Handling of Waste Material and Transboundary Rules, 2008 and subsequent

amendments.

Noise Mitigation

All general equipment is procured with built-in noise abatement measures to restrict

noise level not exceeding 85 dB(A) when measured 1 m away from the source

surface.

For equipment where this cannot be achieved, the noise generating equipment is

housed in suitable acoustic cover and building so that the noise level outside the

building will be 75 dB (A). The aspect of noise in such cases is dealt from the point

of view of occupational safety and health. Personnel working in those areas is

provided with noise plugs/noise muffs to protect themselves from the evils of

prolonged exposure to high noise levels.

The entire Plant is so installed so that the resultant noise level within the plant

premises remains within 75 dB(A) during day time and 70 dB(A) during night time

respectively

4.3 IREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS Some impacts of activities on the environment are reversible, while others are

irreversible, even with human intervention. A commitment of environmental

component is irreversible when its primary and secondary impacts limit the future

options or limit those factors that are renewable only over long periods of time. In

other words, irreversible commitment of environmental components is that

commitment which cannot be restored or returned to the original condition, despite

mitigation efforts. Reversibility of an environmental component means the ability of

the environmental component to recover their value after a disturbance has


4-12

occurred. A commitment of environmental component is said to be irretrievable

which is neither renewable nor recoverable for use in the future.

The environmental components are identified below:

- Air

- Water (ground water and surface water),

- Noise

- Land / soil

- Ecology and

- Socio economics

The irreversible and irretrievable commitments of above environmental

components are listed below: a) Project Construction Stage

The construction phase of the project usually involves environmental impacts that

will cease at completion of construction. Components like air, water, noise, ecology

and socio economics are reversible. On the other hand some effects on the ecology

will be irreversible (due to removal of some vegetation etc from the project site

during site clearing operation) but they are retrievable as the proposed green belt

and compensatory afforestration if, any will restore / improve the ecology of the

surroundings.

b) Project Operation Stage

The operation phase of the project will make some irreversible and irretrievable

commitments on environmental components as identified below:

- As a very meager percentage of available ground water is drawn for the

plant operation and recycling and re-use of effluent water have alsobeen

conceived, this is not expected to have any impact.

- The ambient air quality of the surrounding of the proposed site represents

the expected scenario. The proposed project with the conceived pollution

control measures are not expected to induce any impact beyond tolerable

limit. Hence, the environmental commitments to air will be reversible in

nature.


4-13

- The noise environment surrounding the area is not expected to have any

significant impact as all general equipment will be procured with built-in

noise abatement measures to restrict noise level not exceeding 85 dB(A)

when measured 1 m away from the source surface and some of these noise

generating equipments without this facility will be housed in suitable

acoustic cover and building. So it is expected that the environmental

commitments to noise will be reversible as well as retrievable in nature.

- Total land including the land required for expansion is under possession of

BPCL. Hence, the land environment will not undergo any major irreversible

and irretrievable change.

- During the plant operation phase, the ecology is not expected to have any

significant negative impact.

- The impacts on socio economics will have no irreversible and irretrievable impact.

4.4 ASSESSMENT OF SIGNIFICANCE OF IMPACTS

The impacts on each environmental parameter are summarized in the following

manner:

A. Pre-project status

B. Project activities likely to induce impact

C. Assessment of the impact

Land

Total land including the land required for expansion is under possession of

BPCL.

The expansion of plant will be confined within the land which is already

under possession of BPCL.

There will be a permanent change in the land use pattern. Conversion of

barren land into industrial land will impart negligible detrimental impact.

Since the acquired land does not include forest area, the impact due to loss

of forest will not be there at all. The greenery which is already developed

within the Plant certainly has improved the local ecology as well as


4-14

aesthetics of the area. Thus there will be no significant impact on land as

such.

Water Source

The water requirement is met through the water supply of Bore wells.

Total water requirement for domestic use, process, greenery development is

about 3 m3/day. No additional water requirement is envisaged for the

proposed expansion.

After execution of the proposed expansion, water consumption will remain

unaltered. Hence, it may be mentioned that the expansion project will have

practically no impact on the local surface water hydrology and ground

water.

Water Quality The water requirement for process, domestic use and other purposes will be

met through the water supply from Bore wells & IDCO water supply.

The project will reuse wastewater to the maximum extent with “Minimum

Discharge” approach. Only the waste water generated during mock fire drills

(i.e. only once in a month) is discharged into natural drainage system passed

after passing the same through vapour trap.

Controlled minimum discharge conforming to norms of SPCB / MOEF is

also not expected to induce any impact on the surface water quality.

Air Quality

All the values of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx are well within the limit for

Industrial, Residential and Rural areas.


4-15

The proposed project with the conceived pollution control measures is not

expected to induce any impact beyond tolerable limit.

The impact on air quality will be insignificant.

Ecology

The preparatory and construction activities at the project site will result in

vehicular movement. The primary influence of such activities will be in

terms of pollution of open drinking water sources, existing flora and fauna.

Increase in vehicular movement in percentage of the present traffic load will

be negligible. However, these are short term impacts and will remain

restricted to early phases of construction. The construction activities will

also promote inward migration of labour force and temporary

infrastructures. These evidently impart burden on the trees around the

project area unless safe guards are arranged.

There will be hardly any increase in gaseous emissions like SO2, NOx, and

the resultant levels of these pollutants will remain within permissible limits

and tolerable. Wastewater will be treated conforming to relevant standards

and will be recycled / reused to the extent feasible.

All the wastewater will be treated and mostly reused within the plant

boundary except the waste water generated during mock drill (i.e. only once

in a month). Even in case of some discharge of treated liquid effluent, the

same will be discharged conforming to norms. Hence, the aquatic life of the

receiving water body will not be disturbed. Increased traffic load will be

experienced in the area but the same is not expected to be of any concern

that may have to be taken into consideration.


4-16

Rehabilitation The entire land including the land required for expansion is under possession

of BPCL. It is barren and non-agricultural land free from human habitation.

No Resettlement and Rehabilitation (R & R) issue is involved.

The locals will be beneficiated through indirect employment during project

implementation period and operation period and thus will enjoy the fruit of

economic growth due to setting up of the plant. Adverse impact will thus be

mitigated and most likely beneficial impact will be induced.

Employment/Occupation

The percentage of main workers is 24.1% of total population and the

percentage of marginal workers is 8.02%.

Implementation of the proposed project will require contract labourers

during construction phase. They will be mainly of semi-skilled and unskilled

category. Availability of sizeable manpower required for construction

activity in the surrounding area is bright. As the labourers are generally un-

skilled, local unemployed job seekers would get ample opportunity for

employment during construction activity. In addition to the opportunity of

getting employment as construction labourers, the local population would

also have employment opportunities in related service activities like small

commercial establishments, small contracts, sub-contracts, supply of

construction material etc.

The construction of proposed project will also have its impact on social

relations that exists presently in the populations of the project area.


4-17

Influx of migrant labourers may cause social conflict between guest and the

host community at initial stages of development. But, this normally gets

stabilized in a short period. Increased indirect employment opportunities will

lead to economic upliftment of the area. This in turn will enhance the social

status of local inhabitants, increased expenditure in festivals and social

occasions, increased intra and inter village relations and cultural ties.

Housing

No additional manpower is required in the operation phase of the project.

There will be immigration of people in two phases. A temporary

immigration of people will be there during construction phase.

Contractors will be made to provide suitable accommodation for their

personnel in the nearby villages. Existing 53 O & M personnel along with

contract persons will cater the proposed expansion also.

Education and Health

Local literacy and educational facilities in study area are fair. Medical

facility in the study area is satisfactory.

School and hospital facilities for the employees who will migrate from other

places for the units will be made available.

Existing medical and educational facilities are not expected to be strained.

Services

The local villages have moderate civic services.

Residential facilities for the operation/maintenance and general staff for the

proposed plant will be available in the nearby town.

The immigration of people will not strain existing facilities. With further

development of the area, it is expected that civic services in the locality will

further improve.


4-18

4.5 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT MATRIX

The overall environmental impact of the project can be quantitatively assessed

through Environmental Impact Matrix (EIM). Here the activities are concised to

fewer in number. The environmental parameters are given some weightage based on

consultant's experience totaling to 100. The weighted values are subjective ones but

arrived after considering inter disciplinary judgments, keeping in view the type and

specifications of the project.

Impact of the activities have been marked positive (+) or negative (-) depending on

its beneficial or adverse effects respectively on the environment. The degree of

impact has been assessed by the following scale:

Insignificant - 0

Appreciable - 1

Considerable - 2

Significant - 3

Major - 4

All environmental control measures have been considered while assessing the

impacts. The EIM is presented in Table – 4.1. A summarised table is presented

below:

E N V I R O N M E N T

PHYSICAL BIOLOGICAL

HUMAN TOTAL

Weightage 45 20 35 100

Impact value -30 +30 +97 +97

Degree of Impact -0.67 +1.5 +2.77 +0.97

Remarks Adverse Insignificant

Beneficial Appreciable Beneficial

Significant Beneficial Appreciable

So the overall environmental impact will be beneficial. This is because though there

will be insignificant adverse impact on physical environment and no impact on

biological environment, there will be considerable beneficial impact in human


4-19

environment. This means by environmental control measures and implementation of

the same, the adverse impacts can be mitigated and overall beneficial impact can be

affected. The overall impact, as assessed, will be Beneficial Appreciable.

4.6 MITIGATION MEASURES

Following mitigation measures are conceived in the design phase to meet the

environmental standards and environmental operating conditions:

Air Pollution Mitigation Measures

The air pollution mitigative measures conceived for the project is summarized

below:

Water spraying is conceived to minimize dust pollution during excavation

and earth work.

The emergency DG will have tall stack as specified by CPCB.

Vacant land space is also conceived along plant boundary to restrict air

pollution. Greenery will be developed around the Plant in the vacant land

space to check the fugitive dust emission.

Water Pollution Mitigation Measures

The wastewater management philosophy is based on “Minimum Discharge”.

Wastewater generated from cylinder washing will be reused for gardening.

There will be no process / trade effluent generated during operations

The domestic effluent is treated in septic tank followed by soak pit.

Separate storm water drainage system is provided at the facility. The non-

contaminated rain water is discharged directly into rain water harvesting pit

within the proposed facility.


4-20


Practically, no Solid Waste shall be generated from operation of proposed

Mounded Bullets.

Used oil, grease and empty drums shall be disposed of through registered

vendors as per Handling of Waste Material and Transboundary Rules, 2008

and subsequent amendments.

Noise Pollution Mitigation Measures

All general equipment is procured with built-in noise abatement measures to

restrict noise level not exceeding 75 dB(A) when measured 1 m away from

the source surface.

Some of the equipments without having this is housed in suitable acoustic

cover and building so that the noise level outside the building is 75 dB (A).

Personnel working in those areas are provided with noise plugs/noise muffs

to protect themselves from the evils of prolonged exposure to high noise

levels.


4-21

TABLE - 4.2

GENERAL STANDARDS FOR DISCHARGE OF EFFLUENTS

[The Gazette of India – Extraordinary {Part II- Sec. 3(i)} Ministry of Environment and Forests Notification New Delhi, 19th May, 1993]

S. No.

Parameters Standards Inland Surface Water

Public Sewers

Land for irrigation

Marine coastal areas

(a) (b) (c) (d) 1 Colour and odour Note-1 Note-1 Note-1 Note-1 2 Suspended solids, mg/l max. 100 600 200 Note-2 3 Particle size of suspended solids. Note-3 - - Note-4 4 Dissolved solids (inorganic) mg/l max. 2100 - 2100 - 5 pH value 5.5-9.0 5.5-9.0 5.5-9.0 5.5-9.0 6 Temperature, OC Note-5 - - Note-5 7 Oil & grease, mg/l max. 10 20 10 20 8 Total residual chlorine, mg/l max. 1.0 - - 1.0 9 Ammonical Nitrogen (as N), mg/l.

max. 50 50 - 50

10 Total Kjeldahl nitrogen (as NH3), mg/l max.

100 - - 100

11 Free ammonia (as N), mg/l max. 5 - - 5 12 Biochemical oxygen demand (3 days

at 27oC), max. 30 350 100 100

13 Chemical oxygen demand, mg/l max. 250 - - 250 14 Arsenic (as As.), mg/l max. 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 15 Mercury (as Hg.), mg/l max. 0.01 0.01 - 0.01 16 Lead (as Pb), mg/l max. 0.1 1 1 1 17 Cadmium (as Cd.), mg/l max. 2.0 1.0 - 2.0 18 Hexavalent chromium (as Cr+6), mg/l.

max. 0.1 2.0 1 1

19 Total Chromium (as Cr), mg/l max. 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 20 Copper (as Cu), mg/l max. 3.0 3.0 - 3.0 21 Zinc (as Zn), mg/l max. 5.0 15 - 15 22 Selenium (as Se), mg/l max. 0.05 0.05 - 0.05 23 Nickel (as Ni), mg/l max. 3.0 3.0 - 5.0 24 Boron (as B), mg/l max. 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 25 Percent Sodium, max. - - 60 - 26 Residual sodium carbonate, mg/l max. - - 5.0 - 27 Cyanide (as CN) mg/l max. 0.2 2.0 0.2 0.2 28 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l max. 1000 1000 600 - 29 Fluoride (as F) mg/l max. 2.0 15 - 15


4-22

S. No.

Parameters Standards Inland Surface Water

Public Sewers

Land for irrigation

Marine coastal areas

(a) (b) (c) (d) 30 Dissolved Phosphate (as P), mg/l max. 5.0 - - - 31 Sulphate (SO4) mg/l max. 1000 1000 1000 1000 32 Sulphide (as S), mg/l max. 2.0 - 2.0 5.0 33 Phenolic Compound (C6 H6 OH),

mg/l max. 1.0 5.0 5.0 5.0

34 Radioactive materials: (a) Alpha emitters, μc/ml max. (b) Beta emitters, μc/ml max.

10-7 10-6

10-7 10-6

10-8 10-6

10-7 10-7

35 Bio-assay test Note-6 Note-6 Note-6 Note-6 36 Manganese (as Mn) mg/l max. 2.0 2.0 - 2.0 37 Iron (as Fe) mg/l max. 2 3 - 3 38 Vanadium (as V), mg/l max. 0.2 0.2 - 0.2 39 Nitrate Nitrogen, mg/l max. 10 - - 20 40 Pesticides, microgram/l max.

(i) Benzene Hexachloride (ii) Carboryl 10 - 10 10 (iii) DDT 10 - 10 10 (iv) Endosulfan 10 - 450 450 (v) Diamethoate 10 - 10 10 (vi) Penitrothion 10 - 10 10 (vii) Melathion 10 - 10 10 (viii) Phorate 10 - 10 10 (ix) Mehyl Parathion 10 - 10 10 (x) Phenthoate 10 - 10 10 (xi) Pyrethrums 10 - 10 10 (xii) Copper oxychloride 9600 - 9600 9600 (xiii) Copper sulphate 50 - 50 50 (xiv) Ziram 1000 - 1000 1000 (xv) Sulphur 30 - 30 30 (xvi) Paraquat 2300 - 2300 2300 (xvii) Proponil 7300 - 7300 7300 (xviii) Nitrogen 780 - 780 780

Note-1: All efforts should be made to remove colour and unpleasant odour as far as practicable.

Note-2: (a) For process water – 100, For cooling water effluent, 10% above total suspended matter in influent. Note-3: Shall pass 850 micron IS sieve. Note-4: (a) Floatable solids-max. 3 mm. (b) Settleable solids-max. 850microns. Note-5: Shall not exceed 50C above the receiving water temperature. Note-6: 90% survivals of fish after 96 hours in 100% effluent.


4-23

TABLE – 4.3

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT MATRIX

NOTE : (-) NEGATIVE IMPACT, (+) POSITIVE IMPACT

PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT

( 45 )

BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMEN

T ( 20 )

HUMAN ENVIRONMENT

( 35 )

ENVIRONNMENTAL

PARAMETERS

ACTIVITIES

TO

POG

RA

PHY

(10)

HY

DR

OLO

GY

(10)

WA

TER

QU

ALI

TY

(10)

AIR

QU

ALI

TY

(10)

NO

ISE

& O

DO

UR

(5)

FOR

EST

& V

EGET

ATI

ON

(10

)

FAU

NA

(5

)

AQ

UA

TIC

LIF

E (

5)

REH

AB

ILIT

AT

ION

/ C

OM

PEN

SATI

ON

(10)

OC

CU

PATI

ON

/ E

MPL

OY

ME

NT

(10)

HO

USI

NG

(5)

SER

VIC

ES

(4)

HEA

LTH

& E

DU

CA

TIO

N (

3)

AG

RIC

UL

TU

RE

(3)

OV

ER

AL

L

POSSESSION OF LAND

CO

NST

RU

CT

ION

SITE DEVELOPMENT (+) (-) (+) (-) (-)

TRANSPORT (-) (+) PLANT

CONSTRUCTION (-) (-) (+) (+)

GREENERY (+) (+) (+) (+) (+) (+) (+) (+) IMMIGRATION (+) (-)

WORKERS’ COLONY (-) WATER REQUIREMENT (-)

REHABILITATION ROADS & RAILWAYS (+)

CONSTRUCTION +3 -1 -1 -1 +1 +1 +5 0 0 -1

COMMISSIONING (-) (-) (-) (+)

OPE

RA

TIO

N

WATER REQUIREMENT (-)

LIQUID EFFLUENT (-) SOLID WASTE

GASEOUS EFFLUENT (-) RAW MATERIAL

HANDLING

OPERATIONAL DIN TRANSPORT (-) (-) IMIGRATION (+)

COLONY (+) HOSPITAL / SCHOOL (+)

EFFL. MANAGEMENT / GREEN BELT (+) (+) (+) (+) (+) (+) (+)

OPERATION 0 -1 -2 -1 +1 +1 +5

OVERALL +30 -10 -10 -30 -10 +20 +10 100 -3 +97


4-24

4.7 Conclusions

In view of the above facts and figures, it may be concluded that the expansion of the

LPG Plant at 33 No. Industrial Estate near Khurda Road railway station in the

Khurda district of Odisha shall not result in any adverse environmental impacts on

physical features, water, noise and air environment, biological and socio-economic

environment. The expansion of LPG Plant shall generate additional direct/indirect

employment and indirect service sector enhancement in the region and would help

in the socio-economic up-liftment of the state as well as the local area. Availability

of petroleum products will improve quality of life of the people residing in an

around Khurda which will result in uplift of socio-economic conditions of people of

the region.

CHAPTER – V

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES


5-1

CHAPTER 5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

5.1 ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED

This section analyses various alternatives to meet the objective of the project from

certain identified angles as recommended by MOEF. These are:

Siting of the project

Technology/Process

5.1.1 Siting of the Project

No alternative site is considered, as it is an expansion of the existing LPG Plant in

which all infrastructure facilities exist. The site has been selected mainly with the

following considerations:

Availability of existing infrastructural facilities for a LPG Plant

No additional land acquisition is required for the expansion project. The total land

is under possession of BPCL.

Availability of Raw water

Conformance with Siting Criteria of MOEF

The site satisfies the following basic requirements laid down by the MoEF:

1) The following do not exist within 10 km of the site :

Metropolitan city

National Park and Wildlife sanctuary

Ecologically sensitive target


5-2

2) The site is more than 500 m away from the flood plain of river

3) The site is more than 500 m away from National or state highway

Moreover, the following are also satisfied:

i) No archaeological, historical, cultural or defense installation exists

with 10 km radius of the site.

ii) Barunai RF(S), Jariput PF (SW), Tartua PF (NW), Ratanpur PF (NE)

and Rengal PF (SE) exist within the 10 km from the study area.

iii) Barunei hill exists within the 10 km from the study area.

5.1.2 Technology / Process

The project site will only deal with receipt, storage and filling up of LPG cylinders,

distribution of LPG cylinders. boiler, heater or chemical process is not involved in

operation of the LPG Plant. Thus from technology / process point of view, there is no

scope of consideration for alternatives.

CHAPTER – VI

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM


6-1

CHAPTER 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 OBJECTIVE

The main objective of environmental monitoring program is to check efficiency of the

EMP (Environmental Management Plan) and mitigation measures, implementation and

take corrective action if needed. A well defined environmental monitoring program would

be followed for the proposed project. It would be ensured that trained and qualified staff

supervises monitoring of ambient air, stack gases, effluents, noise etc. to ensure that

prescribed standards are adhered to.

Table 6.1: Environmental Monitoring Plan for Proposed expansion project of LPG plant

Sl no

Potential Impact

Action to be followed Parameters for monitoring

Frequency of Monitoring

1 Air Emission

Emissions from DG sets & fire engines

Gasses emissions (SPM, SO2, NOX, CO)

As per CPCB/ OPCB requirement

AAQ within the project premises and nearby habitation is to be monitored All vehicles to be PUC certified.

( PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NOX, VOC, Methane, Non Methane, HC ) Vehicle logs to be maintained

As per CPCB/ OPCB requirement

Meteorological data Wind speed, direction, temperature, relative humidity & rainfall

Continuous monitoring using automatic weather station

2 Noise Noise generated from operation of, DG sets, Pumps to be monitored

Spot noise level recording

Periodic during operation phase

3 Water Quality

Waste water Discharge

Waste water Discharge Waste water from canteen drains etc.

Selected parameters like PH, TSS, TDS, COD, BOD, OIL & Grease etc.

As recommended by OPCB


6-2

6.2 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY: The ambient air quality shall be monitored for PM10, PM 2.5, SO2 and NOx, VOC, Methane, Non Methane, HC and frequency of monitoring shall be as per Terms of Reference (TOR) Guidelines and the results shall be compared with the CPCB norms.

Table 6.2: Method of Testing PM10/PM 2.5

Name of Pollutant PM10/PM2.5

Instrument Respirable Dust Sampler (RDS) Duration 24 Hourly Basis Mode Continuous

Unit μg/m3

Method EPA - 40 CFR (PART-50)

Surface & ground water

Surface & ground water in the vicinity of the plant

As per IS : 10500 : 1991 As recommended by OPCB

4 Solid waste / Hazardous waste

`Check compliance to HWM rules.

Quality & quantity monitoring

Periodically

5. Ground water quality and water levels

Monitoring ground water quality, around Depot site and levels

Comprehensive monitoring as per IS 10500 Groundwater level BGL

Periodically

6. Flora & Fauna

Vegetation, greenbelt / green cover development

No. of plants. Species Once a year

7. Soil quality Checking & maintainance of good soil quantity around the Depot.

Physico-chemical parameters and metals

Once a year

8. Health Employees and migrant labours health check up

All relevant parameters including HIV

Regular Check ups as per Factories act.


6-3

Table 6.3: Method of Testing SO2

Name of Pollutant Sulphur Dioxide

Frequency 24 Hourly Basis Mode Continuous

Unit μg/m3

Method Modified West & Geake Method

Table 6.4: Method of Testing NOX

Name of Pollutant Oxides of Nitrogen

Frequency 24 Hourly Basis Mode Continuous

Unit μg/m3

Method Modified Jacob & Hochheiser Modified

CHAPTER – VII

RISK ANALYSIS STUDY


7-1

CHAPTER 7 RISK ANALYSIS STUDY

7.1 RISK ANALYSIS STUDY

A separate Risk Assessment Report for the proposed project is prepared and the same

is enclosed as (Annexure V). The salient features of Risk Assessment study is

summarized below:

BLEVE

Maximum Damage from Fireball

S no.

Failure Scenarios

Source Strength

Radius of fireball

Duration of Fireball

Intensity of Radiation inside fireball

Damage distances from the center of the fireball

m

T m s kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2

12.5 kW/m2

4 kW/m

2

a) 18 MT Bullet Truck- full capacity

9 62.5 8.8 191.9 115.3 195.3 318.4

b) 125 MT Bullet ( Vessel- in open pedestal)- full capacity

75 115 15.3 217 214.4 373.5 615.1

In the above cases thermal radiation zone will spread beyond the boundary and cause off site

risk. These will also cause damage to on site facilities like unloading bay etc.


7-2

HEAVY CLOUD DISPERSION (dispersion LEL distance considering Release Time of 1800 sec)

S no.

Scenario Pipe size

Flow rate LEL (m) UEL (m)

mm (kg/s) DW CW DW CW

a) 100 mm liquid line rupture (100%)

1. from bullet truck under pressure of 12Kg/ cm2

100 168.9 (rupture assumed to be at vessel-pipe joint)

25 69.1 4.2 21.6

2. from bullet under pressure of 14Kg/ cm2

100 7.2 10 8.1 2 2.9

100 mm vapour line rupture ( 25% )

b) 1. from bullet truck under pressure of 12Kg/ cm2

100 42.2 28 28.8 8 12.8

2. from bullet under pressure of 14Kg/ cm2

100 1.8

4 2.8 2 1.8

150 mm liquid line rupture (100%)

c) 1. from Bullet to pump at 12 Kg/ cm2)

150 260.2 (rupture assumed to be at vessel-pipe joint)

26.5 82.7 4.2 25.1

d) 150 mm liquid line rupture (25%)

e) 150 mm liquid line ruptures (25%) (from Bullet suction @ 6Kg/ cm2)

150 65.5 24 31.7 8 18.8

f) 100 mm vapour line rupture (100%) (from Bullet truck)

100 14.6 44 21.5 10 8.3

g) 100 mm Vapour return header under 95 CFM Compression @ 8Kg/ cm2 )

100 14.6 44 21.5 10 8.3

h) 1) 75 mm Carousel return line( liquid)

75 12.12 18 13.7 4 1.9

2) 50 mm Carousel return line(Vapour)

50 6.4 25 11.3 6 4.4

3) 50 mm hose rupture (liquid) 50 7.2 6 6.1 2 3.04


7-3

In case a source of ignition this may cause damage to the onsite facilities

Mitigative Measures:-

1. Elimination of ground level ignition source 2. Nozzle for vapour cloud dispersion is to be put into operation 3. Provision for vapour dilution system


7-4

VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION (DELAYED IGNITION considering Release time of 1800 Sec)

Damage distances due to VCE

S no.

Scenario Pipe size

Release rate

Wind velocity & Stability

Source strength for dispersion

Cloud radius/ Height

Amount in Explosive limits

LEL dist.

Damage distances (m)

mm kg/s kg/s m kg m 0.3 bar

0.1 bar

0.03 bar

100 mm liquid line rupture (100%) 1. from bullet truck under pressure of 12 Kg/ cm2)

150 168.9 2/ F 168.9 48.3/ 1.97

1857 28 104.0 208.0

520


1. from bullet truck under pressure of 12 Kg/ cm2)

150 42.2 2/ F 42.23 24.3/ 3.5

337.6 20 58.9 117.9

294.7

2. to Carousal @ 50 Kl/ Hr at 12 Kg/ cm2)

75 1.8 2/ F 1.8 1.9/1.7 1.8 2 Explosion unlikely Qty low

150 mm liquid line rupture (100%) (from Bullet suction @ 6 Kg/ cm2)

150 260.2 2/ F 260.2 58.4/ 9.5

3120 30 123.6 247.2

618.1

150 mm liquid line rupture (25%) (from Bullet suction @ 6 Kg/ cm2)

150 65.05 2/ F 65.05 31.7/ 4.4

650.5 24 73.6 146.7

366.7

75 mm Carousel return line (liquid)


a) Over flow 60MT Bullet

260.2 2/F 260.2 58.4/ 9.5

3120 30 118.3 241.5

609.1

Effect of explosion will spread beyond the boundary wall and will cause off site risk


7-5

JET FIRE (If ignited)

S no.

Scenario Pipe size

Discharge rate

Thermal radiation inside jet

Length Width Damage distances (m)

mm kg/s kW/m2 m m 37.5 kW/m2

12.5 kW/m2

4 kW/m2

DW

CW

DW

CW

DW

CW


1. from bullet truck under pressure of 12 Kg/ cm2 under compressor 95 CFM)

150 5.4 320.4 26.8 2.3 28.7

4.9 30.8

11.6

33.7

22.0

b) 100 mm vapour line rupture (100%)( from Bullet truck )

100 10.06 259.4 36.2 3.1 38.1

5.5 40.7

13.3

44.3

25.9

c) 150 mm liquid line rupture (100%) (from Bullet truck @ 6 KG/ cm2)

150 260.2 184.9 171.2 14.8 176.4

16.3

187.5

44.6

201.7

92.7

d) 100 mm Vapour return header under 95 CFM Compression @ 8Kg/ cm2)

150 14.6 236.0 43.2 3.7 45.3

5.8 48.1

14.7

52.2

29.1

e) 1. 75 mm Carousel return line (liquid)

75 7.2 321.5 30.8 2.6 32.9

5.7 35.2

13.3

38.7

25.1

2. 50mm hose rupture (liquid)

50 7.2 321.5 30.8 2.6 32.9

5.7 35.2

13.3

38.7

25.1

These will cause damage to the onsite facilities

Mitigative Measures:-

Activation of sprinkler system for cooling down the facilities


7-6


RECOMMENDATION

1. Periodic cleaning of filter element to reduce probability of rupture line due to

blockage of filter.

2. Over filling of cylinder due to reverse flow from the bullet can lead to rupture of

cylinders which are disastrous. Hence NRV in between evacuation unit and tank is

recommended.

7.2 R & R ACTION PLANS

No new land acquisition is involved with the proposed expansion of the LPG Plant.

The existing LPG Plant at Khurda has enough space within its plant boundary to

accommodate the expansion. Thus no R & R issue is involved with this proposed

expansion.

7.3.1 DETAILS OF PUBLIC CONSULTATION

State Expert Appraisal Committee (SEAC), Odisha vide Ref. No. 572 /SEAC-295 dt

14th August 2015 forwarded the prescribed TOR of the EIA Study for the proposed

Expansion Project. A copy of the same is also enclosed as (Annexure II).

An appeal vide no C/E/Khurda / EC dated 08.02.2016 was submitted for exemption of

public hearing.

State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority vide letter no 1642/SEIAA

dated 23.06.2016 had communicated that public hearing need not be conducted.

Letter enclosed as Annexure VI

CHAPTER – VIII

PROJECT BENEFIT


8-1

CHAPTER 8 PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 PROJECT BENEFITS

The proposed expansion project is expected to bring significant socio-economic and

environmental benefits both at local and national level as listed below:

GENERAL INFRASTRUCTURE

With a view to meeting the Government objective of inducing more people to use

cleaner fuel, it is necessary to improve supply position of LPG cylinders. Increased

production of LPG cylinders will help in expanding the LPG customer base and also

ensure timely availability of domestic LPG cylinders.

PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

National Highway 5 runs in close proximity of the existing plant area. Establishment

of large developmental projects of this category will improve the availability of the

physical infrastructures like approach roads, drainage, communication and

transportation facilities etc.

SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

Implementation of the project will indirectly boost up the social infrastructure of the

surrounding, like local education, medical and communication of the whole

surrounding area.

EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

The project will also provide indirect employment to unskilled, semiskilled and

skilled categories. During operation phase there will be employment opportunities,

mainly in service sector, as per the requirement. In addition to this, additional jobs

will be generated by local business in the supply of goods and services.


8-2

OTHER BENEFITS

Besides above, indirect benefits are also expected to be accrued to the region by way

of engagement of more distributors in far flung areas whereby delivery distance and

delivery time can be reduced. Reduction of delivery distance of trucks will result in

reduced air pollution and reduced probability of accidents on the roads due to less

movement of trucks.

Moreover, the proposed expansion project will improve supply position of the LPG

cylinders which implies more LPG customers and thereby a better environment can be

ensured.

Thus, the proposed project has ushered in the social and economic and environmental

up-liftmen of the persons living in the vicinity of the Project i.e. of society at large.

CHAPTER –IX

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT FOR STORAGE CAPACITY EXPANSION BPCL LPG PLANT AT KHURDA, ODISHA

CHAPTER 9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

9.1.1 Preamble

This section describes the control technologies adopted / recommended for mitigating

the probable environmental impacts both during construction and operation phases of

the project as identified and described in Section 4 : Anticipated Environmental

Impacts & Mitigation Measures.

To maintain the ecological balance and to check harmful effects due to the proposed

expansion of the LPG Plant, environmental mitigative measures have been integrated

into the process of planning. This section discusses the management plan for

mitigation/abatement of adverse environmental impacts and enhancement of beneficial

impacts. The EMP has been designed within the framework of various legislative and

regulatory requirements on environmental and socio-economic aspects of different

national and international bodies. EMP includes the following components

1) Impact Mitigation Measures during Construction Phase

2) Impact Mitigation Measures during Operation Phase

9.1.2 Impact Mitigation Measures During Construction Phase

The impacts during the construction phase on the environment would be basically of

temporary in nature and are expected to reduce gradually on completion of

construction activities.


Air Quality Management

During construction phase, a certain amount of dust shall be generated due to

transportation of men, machinery and materials, land clearing and leveling of land,

operation of construction machinery/ equipment, construction of foundations,

buildings and other requisite infrastructure etc. close to the construction site. Gaseous

emissions like SOx, NOx, CO and hydrocarbons are also anticipated as a result of

burning of fuel due to operation of machinery/ equipment. The impacts shall be

temporary in nature and shall marginally deteriorate the ambient air quality. However,

the following measures shall further reduce the dust generation:

- Construction materials shall be transported to the site in covered trucks, where

necessary

- Land clearing for construction site will be kept at the absolute minimum

practicable

- Plant Layout would be designed to minimize the removal of soil and vegetation

- Topsoil removed will be preserved for later reinstatement purposes by piling it

along a boundary of the site

- Dust suppression systems (water spray) shall be used as per requirement at the

construction site

- Earth moving equipment, typically a bulldozer with a grader blade and ripper

shall be used for excavation work.

Noise Level Management

Noise shall be generated mainly due to operation of machinery/ equipment used for

construction and transportation of materials to the site. The general noise levels due to

construction activities may sometimes go up to 90 dB(A) at the work sites during day

time. The workers in general are likely to be exposed to an equivalent noise level of

80-90 dB(A) in an 8 hour shift for which all statutory precautions as per law shall be


implemented. The measures described below shall be able to mitigate the noise levels

generated at site:

- Provision of silencers to modulate the noise generated by machines

- Provision of protective devices like ear muff/ plugs to the workers who will be

working in the noise prone areas.

Water Resource Management

During the construction phase of the proposed expansion of the plant, the total water

requirement is estimated as 10 to 20 m3 per day depending on the construction

activities at site. This requirement of water will be drawn through bore well water,

identified as the source of water for the plant. The following measures shall be adopted

for water resource management:

- Continuous attempt shall be made to optimize/ reduce the use of water

- Continuous attempt shall be made to avoid wastage and leakage of water

- Regular record of water table of wells in the vicinity

Water Quality Management

During the construction phase, the waste water shall be mainly generated from

domestic activities. The strength of total skilled, semiskilled and unskilled labour

required for construction is estimated at 150 (peak) and 100 (average). Most of the

workers will be from local area, wastewater generation shall be minimal. A proper

drainage system shall be constructed at site on a temporary basis at an early stage. The

salient features of water quality management shall comprise of the following:

- Raw water quality shall be checked on regular basis for essential parameters

- All sanitary waste from the site shall be treated in the septic tanks

- All the debris resulting from the site shall be isolated from the waste water and

disposed off separately to the extent feasible


- An oil trap shall be provided in the drainage line to prevent contamination by

accidental spillage of oil / grease

- Wash down area for cleaning of vehicles wheels shall be provided and wheel

wash waste shall be drained properly. Here also a baffled oil-water separator

will be provided

- To prevent contamination from accidental spillage of oil, the oil storage areas

will be bounded and will be inspected and cleaned at regular intervals.

Soil Quality Management

Construction related activities could have an adverse impact on the soil resulting from

clearing, excavation, topsoil removal, soil disposal, road construction and refuse/ waste

disposal. The following measures shall be adopted to prevent/ reduce soil

contamination:

- Litter, fuel, oil drums, used grease cartridges shall be collected and removed

properly

- Dustbins / litter bins shall be placed at strategic locations

- Lubrication waste oil shall be collected separately in drums and shall be

disposed off as per standard practice accepted by the statutory authorities.

Land Use Pattern and Ecology Management

Disturbance during construction phase shall be confined to the land earmarked for the

proposed expansion of the plant only. To keep the disturbance at a minimum, the

following measures are recommended:


practicable

- Plant Layout would be designed to minimize the removal of soil and vegetation


- Topsoil will be cleared and stored for later reinstatement purposes by piling it

along a boundary of the site.

Traffic Movement

Traffic to and from the site would become more intensive and much heavier than at

present in normal conditions. This would subject the existing roads to more vehicular

movements. Since the site is adjacent to National Highway, which is capable of taking

this extra, load easily. However, the following measures are proposed for traffic

control during construction phase:

- Minimize use of roads by planning vehicle movements

- Advise traffic police of activities

- Road crossings to be used shall be well marked

- Water Spray down to dirt roads if the same is too dusty

Socio-economic

In addition to the permanent staff, around 50 to 100 persons shall be engaged in

construction activities. Most of the unskilled and semi skilled labour shall be from

nearby villages and towns. BPCL shall also ensure:

- Adequate dialogue with the local bodies / local population

- Protection of traditional water structures

- Provision of health and education services

- No displacement is applicable.

- Provide temporary employment generation opportunities to local peoples,

especially in unskilled categories.


9.1.3 Impact Mitigation Measures during Operation Phase

The impacts during the operation phase on the environment would be basically of

permanent nature and are expected to last long. Environment protection measures/

precautions shall be adopted to minimize the impacts due to operation of plant and this

includes all environmental and socio-economic mitigative measures as proposed and

discussed below:

1. Solid Waste Management

2. Air Pollution Control Measure

3. Water Pollution Control Measure

4. Noise Pollution Control Measure

5. Greenery Development

6. Corporate Environmental Responsibility

7. Occupational safety and health

8. Emergency Preparedness (Disaster management Plan)

9. Audit

The different tasks under Environmental Management Plan (EMP) are furnished in

Fig. – 9.3.


Following measure are conceived for management of solid waste that will be generated

from the LPG Plant:

Practically, no Solid Waste shall be generated from operation of proposed

Mounded Bullets.

Used oil, grease and empty drums shall be disposed of through registered

vendors as per Handling of Waste Material and Transboundary Rules, 2008 and

subsequent amendments.


Air Pollution Control Measure

All noise generating equipment’s like LPG compressor, DG-Sets etc., will be

provided with acoustic enclosure to help in attenuating the noise levels thereby the

ambient noise levels will be maintained below the CPCB limits of 75 dB(A) for

industrial areas

Water spraying is conceived to minimize dust pollution during movement of vechicles

and adequate green belt has been developed to mitigate the pollution arising due to

movement of vehicles. Regular monitoring of DG – Stack and Ambient air quality

monitoring will be carried out

Water Pollution Mitigative Measure

Wastewater Management philosophy is based on following:

- The wastewater management philosophy is based on “Minimum Discharge”

concept. Sewage generated will be disposed through septic tanks & soakpits.

Washing water generated from cylinder washing will be diverted to

sedimentation traps fitted with oil separator & clarified water will be reused for

cylinder washing.

- The domestic effluent is treated in septic tank followed by soak pit.

- Separate storm water drainage system is provided at the facility. The non-

contaminated rain water is discharged directly into rain water harvesting pit

within the proposed facility.

- Waste water generated during mock firedrills (only once in a month) is passed

through vapour trap and discharged into natural drainage system.

- During rainy season, the rain water is discharged through properly designed

storm water drain after passing through vapour trap.


Noise Pollution Control

All noise generating equipment’s like DG-Sets, pumps etc., will be provided with

acoustic enclosure to help in attenuating the noise levels thereby the ambient noise

levels will be maintained below the CPCB limits of 75 dB(A) for industrial areas.

Greenery Development

Greenery has been developed on 3.75 acre land. Further, greenery will be developed on

0.50 acre vacant land within the premises. Considering, projected development,33% of

the total area will be under green belt.

Samplings proposed for plantation are given in the below table

Table 9.1 : Details on Greenbelt Plantation

S.No List of tree saplings Nos

1 Sal 230

2 Flame of the forest 225

3 Deuedar 430

4 Neem 150

5 Teak 95

6 Jhau 180

7 Sisam 290

Total 1600


Figure 9.1 Showing the Green Belt in the Layout


Figure 9.2 Plantation at vacant space within the LPG Plant


Figures-9.3 Different tasks under Environmental Management Plan 9.1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

Implementation of the Environmental Management Plan needs suitable organisation

and manpower and success of any EvironmentalMnagementPogramme depends upon

the efficiency of the organizational setup responsible for the implementation of the

programme. Regular monitoring of the various environmental parameters is also

necessary to evaluate the effectiveness of the management programme so that

corrective action / measure can be taken in case there are some drawbacks in the

proposed programme.

Out of 53 (Company Employees & Contract Labour) staffs available for the existing

LPG Plant, people having sufficient educational and professional qualification and


experience in the field of environmental management is nominated to discharge

responsibilities related to environmental management. Thus an Environmental

Management Cell (EMC) is already formed in the LPG Plant. The Cell is under the

overall supervision of the Plant Manager and is responsible for monitoring of the

implementation of the various actions which are to be executed by the agencies

specified in the EMP. The broad functions of EMC are:

To implement the environmental management plan,

To assure regulatory compliance with all relevant rules and regulations

To ensure compliance with EC conditions

To report non compliance / violations of environmental norms, if any, to the

Board of Directors of BPCL through Plant Manager

To ensure regular operation and maintenance of pollution control devices,

To minimize environmental impacts of operations as by strict adherence to the

EMP

To initiate environmental monitoring as per approved schedule.

Review and interpretation of monitored results and corrective measures in case

monitored results are above the specified limit.

Maintain documentation of good environmental practices and applicable

environmental laws as ready reference.

Maintain environmental related records.

Coordination with regulatory agencies, external consultants, monitoring

laboratories.

Maintain log of public complaints and the action taken


9.1.5 SAFETY , HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY OF BPCL

BPCL has the highest concern and commitment for protecting the Health and Safety of

all employees, contractors, customers and the communities in which BPCL operates

and for conservation of the Environment. BPCL comply with all Statutory Regulations

and may even go beyond these for the benefit of our environment. BPCL consider

Health, Safety and Environmental aspects are an integral part of BPCL’s business

planning and operation processes.

HSSE Policy

Based on these guiding principles, BPCL shall demonstrate their commitment by:

Providing and maintaining safe facilities and working conditions.

Recognizing that all employees have responsibility for their own safety and

actions which could affect the safety of others.

Adoption of appropriate technologies to minimize the impact of our activities

on the Environment

BPCL shall establish clear objectives and targets to:

Improve continuously for prevention of accidents occupational illnesses and

minimising any impact of our activities on the environment.

Promote learning through training and sharing of experiences and best

practices; including with contractors, customers and the public, wherever

required.

Inculcate values and attitudes conducive to achieve excellence in Health, Safety

and Environmental performance.

BPCL shall provide means to achieve their mission by:

Assigning clear roles and responsibilities at all levels and periodically

reviewing and recognizing contribution to HSE objectives.

Allocating adequate resources.

Fostering a spirit of participation by all employees in Health, Safety and

Environmental conservation efforts.


Creating appropriate forums for deliberations on Health, Safety and

Environmental issues.

BPCL shall monitor performance by:

Periodically auditing work processes, systems practices and promptly

correcting deficiencies.

Incorporating HSE performance as a parameter for assessing the overall

performance of Employees, Business Units, Contractors and Business

Associates.

Security Policy

BPCL has the highest concern for the Security of human lives and Corporation’s

properties, goods and services. BPCL is also committed to be alert and responsible to

prevent theft, mis-use, loss, damage, pilferage and sabotage of any nature which will

hamper their business interests / continuity. Commensurate with this commitment,

BPCL shall:

Adhere to security rules, regulations and laws of the land.

Provide effective and proactive measures for Physical and Internal Security as

explained in the Security Manual – at all Refineries and Marketing

establishments.

Keep ourselves in readiness to meet all emergency situations by appropriate

action plans.

Actively participate in implementation of security measures to combat external

threats.

Reinforce the security set up by providing regular trainings and up gradation of

facilities.

Monitor effectiveness of security measures by surprise checks, mock drills and

take corrective actions.


Corporate Environmental Responsibility

As BPCL strongly believes that it is a part of the larger community where it operates,

the company has, therefore, taken cognizance of the cultural ethos and socio economic

environment of the locality where its plants are located. With this approach, BPCL

shall consider the following general measures for the socio – economic upliftment of

the nearby villages under Corporate Environmental Responsibility:

- Providing Job Opportunity

The proposed expansion project during construction phase will certainly have

to employ a fair number of persons in the unskilled and semiskilled categories.

It may be more cost effective to employ the locals in these positions than

providing employment to the persons outside the locality. Hence it is proposed

to employ as much as possible the local people, especially in the category of

unskilled and semi skilledlabours, subject to the rules and regulations of BPCL.

- Vocational Training to Local Youth

A section of local youth shall be trained in phases so that they can take up some

jobs such as contractorship, supplying of materials and also small-scale rural

business (self employment) development.

- Education

BPCL shall extend support to existing primary educational institutions.

- Providing Medical Assistance

BPCL will arrange eye checkup/health checkup clinics for local villages.

- Infrastructure Development

BPCL shall also extend its support in social infrastructure development like

tube-wells for drinking water in nearby villages, village road development,

road side shelters etc.


- Social Afforest ration

To maintain ecological balance, BPCL will promote aforestation programmes

by providing saplings to schools, village communities and individuals. Initially,

about 5-6 schools will be motivated annually to plant trees within their

compounds.

- Games, Sports and Culture

BPCL will also extend their support for games, sports and cultural activity of

the locality.


Figures-9.4Health Safety & Environmental Policy of BPCL


Emergency Preparedness (Disaster Management Plan)

Emergency scenario may arise due to the accidental release of hazardous chemicals. A

well-formulated DMP is conceived for combating emergency scenarios. The details of

the DMP under condition of emergency are already discussed in a separate DMP.

Regular and intensive awareness campaigns will be made within the staff members of

BPCL and the nearby villagers. To ensure appropriate combating of emergency

scenarios, BPCL will arrange declared and un-declared Mock Drills with different

scenarios to check the effectiveness and staff members’ alertness about the Disaster

Management Program.

Audit

An audit is a retrospective look at an existing operation to see how successfully the

environmental issues are being addressed. It helps to safeguard the environment, by

assisting with and substantiating compliance with local, regional and national laws and

regulations, and with company policy and standards.

The audit procedure involves gathering relevant background and environmental data,

reports and program details. An inspection checklist is generally used during the site

inspection by the audit team. This team may be either internal or external, depending

on the objectives of the exercise.

An environmental audit gives an overall view of the company's mechanisms and their

effectiveness in environmental control, as well as regulatory compliance.

Management systems auditing (full environmental auditing) covers such issues as:

- Lines of responsibility for environmental controls;

- Resources allocated; and

- Effectiveness of security and protection measures.


In addition to regulatory compliance and management system auditing, specific

technical audits of energy consumption, waste and pollution sources, and site

contamination are possible. Each technique has its own application and the

methodology is described in operations manuals. Regulatory compliance covers issues

such as establishing the actual level of environmental discharges; site contamination;

and accidents, etc.

Waste and pollution audits can pinpoint exactly where in a process most of the wastes

originate and why they are allowed to be released.

Energy audits seek to investigate the pattern of energy consumption within a company

and to propose cost-effective conservation measures.

Both waste and energy audits often lead to substantial cost savings within a company

by identifying where excessive wastage occurs.

Site audits try to document the state of soil contamination, and perhaps also

groundwater contamination. This may have an economic payback in identifying the

practices that led to the contamination. Remedial clean-up measures being notoriously

expensive, such audits may result in improved operating procedures, thereby avoiding

further expenditure during the eventual site closure phase.

The auditing process should ensure that the monitoring program adequately measures

the true nature and extent of all contaminated discharges to water and air, whether

chemical or Physical.

The cost for installation of 3X300 MT MSV has been estimated at Rs 3266 lacs.

CHAPTER –X

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION


10-1

CHAPTER 10

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

An Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) study report based on TOR has been

prepared for this project and baseline environmental quality data collected for the

study area. Identification and prediction of significant environmental impacts due to

the proposed project with an Environmental Impact Statement followed by delineation

of appropriate impact mitigation measures in an Environmental Management Plan

(EMP) are included in the EIA report. The proposed project intends to ensure that the

developmental activities related to the project are environmentally sound and does not

have any adverse effects on the natural environment in the surroundings of the site.

Purpose of this Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study is to provide

information on the nature and extent of environmental impacts arising from the

construction and operation of the proposed project and related activities taking place

concurrently.


10-2

10.1 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT

The salient features of the project are discussed below:

Item Description

Details

Project Proposal

The proposed project is an expansion project for increasing storage capacity by 900 MT of the existing LPG bottling Plant. 3 Nos additional mounded bullets are proposed to be installed for storage of LPG. After implementation of the project, total storage capacity will be1270 MT

Location Plot/Survey/Khasra No. Khurda LPG plant is located on the plot nos 2308, 2285, Khata no. 787 at 33, Indusreial Estate, Khurda

Land Requirement & its break up for land use

S. No. Land use parameter Area ( Acres) 1. Buildings 0.069 2. Approach Road 0.061 3. Operational Area 6.530 4. Green belt development area 3.750 5. Open area 2.500 Total Area 12.91

Man power requirement

53 Nos during operation

Power requirement & Source

Following stand by DG Sets have been installed for operation of the Plant during power cut.

1. 380 KVA 2. 250 KVA 3. 25 KVA

Water requirement & Supply

3 KLD from Bore well

Wastewater generation, treatment & disposal

Domestic water requirement (KLD)

Industrial water requirement (KLD)

Water requirement for Greenbelt (KLD)

Domestic sewage generation (KLD)

Wastewater from process(KLD)

1 1 1 0.8 0.8

Total 3 0.8 (reused for greenery)


10-3

10.2 SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

Envi

ronm

enta

l C

ompo

nent

Potential Impact Mitigation Measures Residual Impact

Construction Phase

Phys

ical

Env

iron

men

t

i) Land acquisition For the proposed expansion project, the total land 12.91 Acre (including the land required for proposed expansion) is under possession of BPCL.

Hence, there will be no impact due to this issue.

ii) Site development - leveling /grading & related construction activities

BPCL will ensure use of water sprinklers liberally to minimize / eliminate fugitive dust nuisance during site development.

Impacts are temporary in nature. Impacts will be confined to short distances, as coarse particles will be settled within short distance from activities. Thus minor impact is envisaged at construction site within the premises. No negative impact is expected outside the site boundary.


10-4

Envi

ronm

enta

l C

ompo

nent


Soci

oeco

nom

ic E

nvir

onm

ent

A temporary immigration of persons will be there. Most of the unskilled and semi skilled labour shall be from nearby villages and towns.

Accommodations of construction workers will be arranged in nearby villages. There are large numbers of residential buildings available in the villages. However, temporary infrastructures like site offices, stores, material yard, Rest rooms etc. will be constructed at Project site.

No negative impact is anticipated due to influx of workers. But, some significant positive impact is envisaged due to increased employment opportunity, new job generation and additional jobs that will be generated indirectly in the form of local business in the supply of goods and services.

Air

Env

iron

men

t

Fugitive dust will be generated during excavation and other earthmoving activities, during concreting work and movement of vehicles especially on unmetalled roads.

This problem has to be mitigated by introducing dust suppression measure through sprinkling of water in dust prone activities.

Whatever adverse impact might be there, all will be temporary and confined to the construction area only. There will be no significant residual negative impact to the environment on an overall concept.


10-5

Envi

ronm

enta

l C

ompo

nent


Wat

er E

nvir

onm

ent

Some waste water will be generated from ongoing construction activity.

- There will be no significant residual negative impact.

All sanitary waste from the site shall be treated in the septic tanks. An oil trap shall be provided in the drainage line to prevent combination of surface water by accident spillage of oil/ grease from Gen Sets.

Noi

se E

nvir

onm

ent

Noise shall be generated mainly due to operation of machinery / equipment used for construction and transportation of material to the site.

The equipment, which is source of high noise, will have built in type noise control abatement measure. Provision of supplying protective devices like ear muff / plugs to the workers who will be working in the noise prone areas.

There will be no significant residual negative impact.

Soil

Envi

ronm

ent

Construction related activities could have an adverse impact on the soil resulting from clearing, excavation, top soil removal, soil disposal, road construction and refuse/ waste disposal.

Litter, fuel, oil drums, used grease cartridges shall be collected and removed properly. Dustbins / litter bins shall be placed at strategic locations.



10-6

Envi

ronm

enta

l C

ompo

nent


Ecol

ogic

al E

nvir

onm

ent

Disturbance during construction phase shall be confined to the land acquired for the proposed plant only


practicable. Plant Layout would be designed to minimize the removal of soil and vegetation


- The greenery is already developed from early date of construction.

Operation Phase

Soci

oeco

nom

ic E

nvir

onm

ent Existing 53 permanent

staffs will cater to the

proposed expansion

also. Some indirect

employment will be

generated due to

implementation of the

project.

The site being easily accessible from the near by areas that also have a good number of housing facilities, local housing will not be stressed to any degree of concern.

It is expected that civic services in the locality will further improve. The project will have a positive beneficial effect on socioeconomic environment.

Air

Env

iron

men

t

NOx, HC & PM will be emitted through stack for existing DG sets.No new emergency DG set is proposed for the expansion

Existing DG sets have stack of adequate height,as per recommendation of CPCB. Moreover greenery is already developed around the terminal in the vacant land space to check the fugitive dust emission.

There will be no additional impact on air environment due to proposed expansion.


10-7

Envi

ronm

enta

l C

ompo

nent


Wat

er

Envi

ronm

ent

Wash water mixed with oil will be discharged.

The project will reuse wastewater to the maximum extent with “Minimum Discharge” approach. Only the waste water generated during mock fire drills (i,e. only once in a month) is discharged into natural drainage system passed after passing the same through vapour trap.

The aquatic life of the receiving water body will not be disturbed. Controlled discharge conforming to norms of SPCB / MOEF is not expected to induce any detrimental impact on the surface water quality.

Noi

se E

nvir

onm

ent

Noise will be generated only from the running of pumps and existing emergency DG sets

DG sets will be put in the acoustic enclosure and noise from the pumps will be within permissible limits.

The entire Plant will be so procured/installed so that the resultant noise level within the plant premises remains within 75 dB(A) during day time and 70 dB(A) during night time respectively.

Soil

Envi

ronm

ent No solid waste shall

be generated from operation of proposed mounded bullets

Used oil, grease and empty drums shall be disposed of through registered vendor as per handling of waste material and trans boundary Rules, 2008 and subsequent amendments

The soil environment will not degrade.


10-8

Envi

ronm

enta

l C

ompo

nent


Ecol

ogic

al E

nvir

onm

ent The ecological

environment around the Plant will not be affected since there is no emission of discharge of effluents beyond the permissible limits.

All measures to control air pollutants, waste water discharge and solid waste disposal are conceived as stated above.

There will be no significant residual negative impact due to implementation of the proposed expansi on project.

10.3 OVERALL JUSTIFICATION FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PROJECT Demand of LPG has increased with urbanization of the places around Khurda. In

order to meet the demand, BPCL has introduced 2nd shift operation for which feed

stock reserve needs to be increased. It is therefore proposed to install 3 nos mounded

storage vessels for storage of sufficient quantity of feed stock.

The proposed project is meant for improving supply position of LPG in the villages

and small towns around Khurda.

The proposed project will improve supply position of the LPG in Odissa, which is

vital for economic growth as well as improving the quality of life. The improved LPG

supply will have strong logistical support for delivering it to customers without

interruption. The project will also provide indirect employment to unskilled,

semiskilled and skilled categories.

Studying all the above factors, Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited (BPCL)

proposes to enhance the storage capacity of the existing Plant at Khurda.


10-9

PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The project site is located around 12 km away from Khurda town. The nearest railway

station is Khurda Railway Station. Nearest domestic and international airport is Biju

Patnaik International Airport at Bhubaneswar. Expansion of the existing Plant will

further improve the availability of the physical infrastructures like approach roads,

drainage, communication and transportation facilities etc.

SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

Implementation of the project will indirectly boost up the social infrastructure of the

surrounding, like local education, medical and communication of the whole

surrounding area.

EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

The project implementation will indeed generate direct and indirect employment

potential. During operation phase there will be employment opportunities, mainly in

service sector, as per the requirement. In addition to this, additional jobs will be

generated by local business in the supply of goods and services.

OTHER BENEFITS

With improved supply of LPG cylinders, more people can be brought under LPG use

which will reduce burning of fossil fuel which will ensure better environment and

improve quality of life.

10.4 EXPLANATION ON ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION Adequate Environmental Management measures will be incorporated during the

entire operating phase of the project to minimize any adverse environmental impact

and assure sustainable development of the area. The EMP planned for the operating

stage of the project will include the following elements:


10-10

• Air Pollution Control and Management

• Noise Control and Management

• Storm Water Management

• Hazardous and Solid Waste Management

• Plantation and Landscaping

• Risk Assessment & Disaster Management Plan

• Emergency Response Plans for emergency scenarios • Environmental Monitoring

• Environmental Management Cell

For the effective implementation of the EMP, an Environmental Management Cell (EMC) is in operation of the Plant. The cell implements the following. • Environmental Monitoring Program

• Personnel Training

• Regular Environmental Audits and Corrective Action

• Documentation – Standard operating procedures Environmental Management Plans and

other records.

10.5 CONCLUSION

Environmental Impact Assessment Report has addressed all possible impacts the

“Khurda LPG PLant could have on the surrounding environment. Relevant mitigation

measures have been adequately assessed and formulated to meet with statutory

requirements. This project is a public utility project that is aimed at ensuring regular

supply of LPG in the surrounding area of Khurda town and other faraway places of

Khurda district.

Thus, the proposed project will usher in the social and economic up-liftment of the

persons living in the vicinity of the Project i.e. of society at large, the expansion

project being development and public utility project may be accorded environmental

clearance.

CHAPTER XI

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT


11-1

CHAPTER 11

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT

This chapter describes about the environmental consultant engaged in preparation of EIA

report for storage capacity expansion of the LPG Plant at Khurda which is 7 km away

from Khurda road railway station at Khurda in the state of Odisha by BPCL.

11.1 INTRODUCTION:

ABC Techno Labs India Private Limited (formerly ABC Environ Solutions Pvt. Ltd.) is

an ISO 9001, ISO 14001 & OHSAS 18001 Certified Company & leading Environmental

Engineering & Consultancy Company constantly striving towards newer heights since its

inception in 2006. Our Company is dedicated to provide strategic services in the areas

Environment, Infrastructure, Energy, Engineering and Multilab.

It is the first firm to be accredited by NABET (National Accreditation Board for

Education and Training), Quality Council of India, as an EIA Consultant, approved for

carrying out EIA studies and obtaining environmental clearance for various sectors such

as Thermal Power Plants, Infrastructure, Industrial Estates / Complexes/ Areas, Mining,

Township & area development and Building construction projects etc. ABC Techno Labs

is equipped with in-house, spacious laboratory, accredited by NABL (National

Accreditation Board for Testing & Calibration Laboratories), Department of Science &

Technology, Government of India.

Since establishment ABC Techno Labs focus on sustainable development of Industry and

Environment based on sound engineering practices, innovation, quality, R&D and most

important is satisfying customers need. The company has successfully completed more

than 100 projects of variety of industries, in the field of pollution control and

environmental management solutions. The company is also dealing in the projects of

waste minimization and cleaner production technology.

The team of technocrats and scientist are well experienced to deal with the design,

Manufacture, Fabrication, Installation, commissioning of Effluent/Wastewater treatment

plants, Sewage Treatment plants, and Combined Treatment plants.


11-2

The company is having well experienced team of Scientists & Engineers who are looking

after environmental projects & well equipped analytical laboratory with a facility

including analysis of physical, chemical and biological parameters as per the

requirements of the State Pollution Control Board and our clients.

11.2 Services of ABC Techno Labs India Private Limited

11.2.1 Environmental Services

• Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

• Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

• Social Impact Assessment (SIA)

• Environmental Baseline data collection for Air, Meteorology, Noise, Water, Soil,

Ecology, Socio-Economic and Demography etc;

• Environmental Monitoring

• Socio Economic Studies

• Resettlement & Rehabilitation Plan

• Ecological & Human Health Risk Assessment Studies

• Ecological Impact Assessment

• Environmental Management Framework

• Solid Waste Management

• Hazardous Waste Management

• Internship & Training

11.2.2 Turnkey projects

• Water Treatment Plants

• Sewage Treatment Plant

• Recycling & Water Conservation Systems

• Zero Discharge System


11-3

11.2.3 Other services

Operation & Maintenance of Water & Waste Water Plants

Water & Waste Water Treatment Chemicals

Pilot Plant studies

Feasibility studies & preparation of budgetary estimates

11.2.4 Laboratory services

Chemical Testing

Environmental Testing

Microbiological Testing

Food Testing

Metallurgical Testing

11.3 Sectors Accredited by NABET

Table: 11.1 NABET Accredited Sector

Sl No Sector Name

1 Mining of minerals (Opencast only) Mining (Open cast and Underground)

2 Irrigation projects only

3 Thermal power plant

4 Metallurgical industries (sec. ferrous only)

5 Cement plant

6 Petroleum refining industry

7 Leather/skin/hide processing industry

8 Chemical Fertilizers

9 Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates)

10 Distilleries


11-4

11 24 Pulp & paper industry excluding manufacturing of paper from wastepaper and manufacture of paper from ready pulp without bleaching

12 Isolated storage & handling of hazardous chemicals (As per threshold planning quantity indicated in column 3 of Schedule 2 & 3 of MSIHC Rules 1989 amended 2000)

13 Airports

14 Industrial estates/ parks/ complexes/ Areas, export processing zones(EPZs), Special economic zones (SEZs), Biotech parks, Leather complexes

15 Ports, harbours, jetties, marine terminals, break waters and dredging

16 Highways, Railways, transport terminals, mass rapid transport systems

17 Common effluent treatment plants (CETPs)

18 Common municipal solid waste management facility (CMSWMF)

19 38 Building and large construction projects including shopping malls, multiplexes, commercial complexes, housing estates, hospitals, institutions

20 Townships and Area development Projects

11.4 Study Team

ABC Techno Labs India Private Limited has carried out this Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIA) study. The multidisciplinary team included expertise in

Environmental Impact Assessment, Air & Water pollution & Control measures, Noise

Control measures, Ecology & bio-diversity, Land use, Geology, Environmental

Chemistry and Socio-Economic planner. The team members involved in EIA study area:


11-5

Table : 11.2 Study Team

Sl

No

Name Role

1 Mr. V.K.Gautam EIA coordinator Isolated Storage & Handling of Hazardous Chemicals & FAE – Meteorology, Air Quality Modelling & Prediction

2 Dr. R.K. Jayaseelan Functional Area Expert – Land use, Water Pollution, Prevention & Control and Hydrogeology

3 Mr.Bipin Prakash Chari AFAE-Water Pollution Project Engineer (Report Analysis and Documentation)

4 Dr.Muthiah Mariappan FAE – Solid Waste Management

5 Mr. Mohammed Assain AFAE- Air Pollution, Solid and Hazardous Waste Junior Project Engineer

6 Dr. N. Sukumaran FAE – Ecology & Biodiversity

7 Dr.Thillai Govindarajan FAE – Geology

8 Mr. M. Senthil Kumar FAE – Risk Assessment & Hazard management

9 Mr. R. Rajendran FAE – Air Pollution, Prevention and Control and Noise & Vibration

10 Mrs.Geetha Shreeneevasakam

FAE – Socio-Economic Expert

11 Mrs. K. Vijayalakshmi Manager - Environment

12 Mr. Bharat P. Junior Project Engineer– Report Analysis and Documentation

13 Ms. R. Akshaya Junior Project Engineer– Report Analysis and Documentation

14 Mr. G. Vineeth Pethu Junior Engineer – Report Analysis and Documentation

15 Mr. Mukund Ramesh Junior Project Engineer– Report Analysis and Documentation

16 Mr. Robson Chinnadurai Senior Chemist

17 Mr. M. Muruganantham Junior Chemist

18 Mr. Satish Field Technician

ANNEXURE

ANNEXURE – I

Form – I

ANNEXURE – II

Approved Terms of Reference

ANNEXURE – III

Consent to Operate

ANNEXURE – IV

Peso License

ANNEXURE – V

Risk Analysis Study

RISK ANALYSIS REPORT

OF

LPG PLANT, KHURDA

OF

BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LTD

AUGUST 2015

INDEX

Risk Analysis For BPCL LPG Bottling Plant at Khurda, Odisha

INDEX

SL NO

SECTION

SUBJECT

PAGE No

1 Section – 1

Introduction 1-1 to 1-2

2 Section -2

Executive summary 2-1 to 2-9

3 Section -3

Hazard Identification 3-1 to 3-4

4 Section -4

Description & Properties 4-1 to 4-5

5 Section -5

Maximum credible Accident analysis 5-1 to 5-14

6 Section -6

Hazard of LPG Spillage/ Escape from containment

6-1 to 6-3

7 Section -7

History of Past Accident 7-1 to 7-4

8 Section -8

Consequence Analysis 8-1 to 8-38

9 Section -9

Recommendation 9-1 to 9-11

INTRODUCTION

Page 1

Risk Analysis for BPCL LPG Bottling Plant at Khurda, Odisha

SECTION – I

INTRODUCTION

1.0 INTRODUCTION

M/s Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd., one of the leading oil marketing

companies in Public Sector is engaged in bottling of LPG Cylinders for

domestic as well as industrial purposes. Since the demand of LPG is

growing day by day, refineries are increasing their capacities for

production of more LPG along with other Oil products.

Since LPG is highly inflammable and is stored under pressure in

substantial quantities, there is potential for damage to property and injury

in the event of release of significant quantity of LPG.

Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited, Khurda LPG Plant. Vide purchase

order No 4505086925 dated 08.06.2015 entrusted Sonar Bharat

Environment & Ecology Pvt. Ltd., (SBEE) to carry out a ‘Comprehensive

Risk Analysis’ of the Plant. Our team of experts had visited Khurda LPG

Plant to collect relevant data. For the purpose of obtaining specification of

different onsite facilities, pipe lines, pump Capacity as well as off site

facilities, a detailed questionnaire was prepared. During visit of our team

members, they had collected the required information’s in the format.

Pertinent documents like lay out plan, P&I diagram, were collected from

the Plant. Our team members along with the staffs of the station had gone

round the Plant. Besides operational aspect, the team was also apprised

of the organizational set up, existing system of handling Emergency

Situation, available fire fighting system

SBEE wants to put on record the excellent co operation they had received

from the respective In charge of the station and his team during entire

course of their study. We extend our thanks especially to Mr. Sourabh

Survit and Mr. Anmol Bara for their excellent support in making the

information documents available.

INTRODUCTION

Page 2


Scope of work includes the following

Identification of vulnerable sections of the plant, which are likely to

cause damage to the plant, operating staff and the surrounding

communities due to accidental release of LPG from the LPG

Plant.

Assessment of overall damage potential of the hazardous events

in relation to Plant and environment.

Assessment of total individual risk for activities in the plant.

This is an expansion project for increasing the storage capacity by

installation of 3 nos of Mounded bullet of 300 mt each. Capacity of

existing storage of LPG Plant is 370 MT .After the proposed

enhancement of storage capacity by 900 MT. aggregate storage

capacity of the LPG plant shall stand at 1270 mt..

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Page 1


SECTION –II

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

2.0 INTRODUCTION

M/s Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited (BPCL) Khurda LPG Bottling

Plant is located at Khurda Industrial Estate, Odisha. Khurda is the district

town. It is located on NH 5. The land area is 12.913 acres.

Nearest facilities are follows

SL,NO

FACILITIES

NAME

KM

1 Railway Station Khurda Road 6 km

2 Air Port Bhubaneswar 33 km

3 Bus Stand Khurda Bypass 2 km

4 Police Station Industrial Estate 1 km

5 Fire Station Khurda 3 km

6 Hospital Khurda Hospital 5 km

7 National Highway NH - 5 0.5 km

The plant premise is bounded by the following

North 15.24 m wide Road

South Hill

East OSEB Substation

West Vacant Land & Plywood Factory

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Page 2


2.1 PROCESS DESCRIPTION

Bulk LPG is received from IPPL Haldia & HPCL Vizag Refinery & Bina

Refinery. Road tankers and is decanted at Tank lorry Gantry. Four Nos. of

tank Lorries can be unloaded simultaneously. LPG from the tank Lorries is

transferred to the storage vessels through LPG Compressors by

differential pressure method

LPG from bullets is transferred through a pipeline to filling manifolds of

carousal with the help of centrifugal pumps.

The empty LPG cylinders brought into premises by Lorries are received

and stored in the empty shed. They are fed to conveyer system after due

inspection and are carried to the filling machines in the filling shed. The

filling is cut off as soon as the weight of LPG in the cylinder reaches the

desired weight. . After that these cylinders are counter checked for correct

weight, tested for leaks from valves and body, capped and sealed before

sending them to the filled cylinder shed. Any defective cylinder is emptied

for product LPG recovery. The filled cylinder are dispatched for

distribution .through distributors.

2.2 PLANT FACILITY

RECEIVING

Bulk petroleum LPG received by Road tankers of 18 MT capacity.

About 8 Nos of Tankers per day supplies bulk LPG to the bottling

Plant. There are 4 bays for unloading the tankers

Bulk LPG is received from IPPL Haldia & HPCL Vizag Refinery &

Bina Refinery by Road tankers and is decanted at Tank lorry

Gantry. 4 Nos. of tank lorries can be unloaded simultaneously.

LPG from the tank lorries is transferred to the storage vessels

through LPG Compressors by pressure differential method.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Page 3


STORAGE

4 Nos. Bullets having a safe filling capacity of 2 x 60MT & 2 X 125

MT and 3 nos of Mounded Bullet having capacity 3 x 300 MT.are

proposed to be installed. On top of the Bullet two nos. of safety

relief valves are provided, one valve is set at 13.6kg/cm2 and other

is set at 14.2 kg/cm2. All bullets are provided with two independent

level indicators and high level alarm. Remote operated valves are

provided in liquid and vapour lines of each storage vessels.

Technical details of the Bullets are as under :

BULLET NOS 1 & 2


1 Bullet no. 1 & 2 60 MT

2 Design Pressure 16 kg/cm2 at 550C


4 Hydro testing Pressure 20.93 kg/cm2

5 Corrosion Allowance 1.6 mm

BULLET NOS 3 & 4


1 Bullet no. 3 & 4 125 MT

2 Design Pressure 16.5 kg/cm2 at 550C


4 Hydro testing Pressure 21 kg/cm2


BULLET NOS 5,6 & 7 (Mounded Bullet)


1 Bullet no. 5,6 & 7 300 MT

2 Design Pressure 16.5 kg/cm2 at 550C


4 Hydro testing Pressure 21 kg/cm2


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Page 4


FILLING OPERATION LPG from bullet is pumped to the filling plant for bottling through 24

station carousel machine with 24 filling points. The system is

capable of bottling 14.2/19.0 kg (net) cylinders. The filling system

can turn out in 300 days a year approximately 50 TMT of LPG

based on one shifts of 8 hrs per day.The sequence of filling

operation starts with the receipts of empty cylinders and the

fallowing operation are carried out:

Visual checking for defects and tare weight

De-capping

Filling

Electronic weight checking

Correction of overfilled and under filled cylinder

Valve leak / ‘O’ ring checking

Cylinder body and bung leak checking

Capping and sealing

Loading in trucks

Empty cylinders are unloaded from Lorries and manually placed

over Telescopic chain conveyor. As they move on the conveyor, the

empty cylinder is to be checked visually for defects and markings.

Defective cylinders are to be segregated. There are provission for

storing about 1000 empty cylinders in the empty cylinders storage

shed.

The cylinders after de-capping are moved on to the filling machine

for filling and will be filled automatically at a rate of approximately

26 cylinders per minute. Filled cylinders automatically come out of

the carousel and continue to travel in the conveyor for weight

checking. The under / over filled cylinders are separated for weight

correction. Cylinders with correct weight are to be subjected to

valve leak check, O Ring leak and body and bung leak check as

they move on the conveyor. Cylinder found defective on the above

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Page 5


checks will be sent for replacement of Valve in online valve

changing machine and replacement of O Ring. Sound cylinder

move on for capping and sealing the valves. Cylinders will then be

loaded on to Lorries or will be stored in the storage shed which can

store about 5000 nos of filled cylinders.

AUTOMATIC FILLING PROCESS FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION LPG is pumped to the carousal from which the cylinders of different

sizes are filled under pressure

The system described is intended for filling standard domestic &

individual LPG cylinder, with a minimum number of operations, with

process, production and monitoring function carried out with the

help of sophisticated equipment and control system.

VAPOUR EXTRACTION

The Vapour extraction system will facilitate extraction of any

leakage of LPG from around the carousel and other leak prone

areas and discharge the same of suitable elevation above the roof

level of shed. The system will be completed with exhaust fan and

necessary ducting

EVACAUTION AND VALVE CHANGE

Cylinder found defective in valves, bung or body will be evacuated

of their contents using a vapor compressor and the evacuated LPG

will be sent back to the bullets. Leaky valves will be removed and

fitted with new valves. Cylinders that require hot work will be sent to

the authorized repair shops

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Page 6


PURGING FACILITY

Purging will be required in the following cases: ● New cylinder received are required to be air evacuated and

LPG purged before the same are filled.

● Repaired cylinders which have been hydro tested with water

are subject to evacuation for removal of moisture and air

before refilling.

● An online purging system has been provided.

2.3 PLANT UTILITIES

Air compressor/ Receiver/ Dryer Air compressor along with air receiver and dryer are provided to

cater to the requirement of instrument air for carousel, pneumatics,

ROVs, fire protection system

Compressed air is required for the following purpose

Pneumatic actuation of different on-line instruments like ROV and control valve.

Instrument actuation in LPG filling system.

For compressed air requirement, 1 no. of 300 CFM 7.0 kg/sq cm

capacity , 1 no. of 200 CFM 7.0 Kg/sq cm and 1 no. 100 CFM 7.0

kg/sq cm air compressors have been installed.

2 nos. air dryers of 35 CFM 7.0 Kg/sq cm inlet air pressure capacity

have been provided. for fulfilling dry air requirement.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Page 7


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

The total power demand of the LPG filling plant is in the region of 250

KVA. Client’s battery limit has been considered as the incoming HT supply

at 11 KV and through the two-pole structure / substation would be brought

into 11 KV transformers for further onward LT distribution. Incoming supply

is taken from the state electricity board at 11 KV

TRANSFORMER

11 KV, 3- phase. 50 C/S Air cooled transformer is installed in the

plant.

STANDBY POWER SUPPLY

1X380 KVA , 1X250 KVA & 1X25 KVA DG sets.

ELECTRICAL FITTINGS All electrical fitting in the sensitive area are of flameproof /

intrinsically safe type.

2.4 SAFETY RELATED TYPES OF UTILITIES

Some of the general safety features for the storage & handling of LPG

provided in the complex are discussed below

DESIGN The main feature of the plant is the safe design of the equipment &

pipelines .Equipment are designed, inspected stage wise tested & certified

by statutory authorities such as CCOE (Chief Controller of Explosives) &

third party in accordance with relevant codes & standards . The main

codes & standards used in the LPG bottling plant are ASME VUl or IS-

2825 or BS-5500 or equivalent duly approved by CCOE for pressure

vessels. Materials of Construction (MOC) used are SA 516 Gr. 70. Full

radiography, stress relieving & hydro-test is carried out for the vessels &

all critical drawings /documents are certified & approved by the competent

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Page 8


authority. All critical LPG piping is seamless carbon steel of 300 rating with

piping designed in accordance with ASTM, ANSI & equivalent codes &

standards within built margin of safety.

Intrinsic safety is largely built in into the design itself through use of time

tested standards & codes which inherently incorporate a good margin of

safety. Apart from the equipment design & selection (only well known

reputed vendors with proven safe & trouble free track record in similar

service are selected ) there are other features related to safety in the

layout .operation , shutdown systems etc

FIRE WATER STORAGE Two Above Ground Tanks having capacity 1 X 2850 KL + 1 X 2836 KL

which is equal to 5686 KL.

.

FIRE WATER PUMP Diesel driven 4 nos. of 410Kl/Hr.and 2 nos. of 273 Kl/Hr.

FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEM

Fire hydrants have been provided to be located as per requirements

specified in OISD-144 to cover the entire plant area and Tank Lorry

Parking area.

Double Headed Hydrants - 11 Nos

Single Headed Hydrants - 2 Nos.

Water Monitors - 14 Nos

SAFETY RELIEF SYSTEM

Relief system adequately designed and provided as per OISD 144/OISD

150 guidelines. Two sets of safety relief valves are provided on each

vessel, each relief valve having the required design, relieving capacity.

Other routed locally but to safe location

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Page 9


There is a locking arrangement to prevent inadvertent closing of the

isolation valves, thus rendering the tank unprotected. Relief valves are

always kept locked in open position. Relief valves are tested once a year

and calibrated, if necessary.

HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

Page 1


SECTION –III


3.0 ENUMERATION & SELECTION OF INCIDENTS

Effective management of a Risk Analysis study requires enumeration &

selection of incidents or scenarios. Enumeration attempts to ensure that

no significant incidents are overlooked selection tries to reduce the

incident outcome cases studied to a manageable number.

These incidents can be classified under either of two categories: loss of

containment of material or loss of containment of energy. Unfortunately,

there is an infinite number of ways (incidents) by which loss of

containment can occur in either category. For example, leaks of process

materials can be of any size, from a pinhole up to a severed pipeline or

ruptured vessel. An explosion can occur in either a small container or a

large container and in each case, can range from a small "puff" to a

catastrophic detonation.

A technique commonly used to generate an accident list is to identify

potential leaks & major releases from fractures of all process pipelines &

vessels. This complication should include all pipe work & vessels in direct

communication, as these may share a significant inventory that cannot be

isolated in an emergency. The data generated is as shown below.

Vessel number description & dimensions

Materials present

Vessel conditions ( phase, temperature & pressure)

Inventory & connecting pining dimensions

The goal of selection is to limit the total number of incident outcome cases

to be studied to a manageable size without introducing bias or losing

resolution through overlooking significant incidents or incident outcomes.

The purpose of incident selection is to construct an appropriate set of


Page 2


incidents for study from the Initial List that has been generated by the

enumeration process. An appropriate set of incidents is the minimum

number of incidents needed to satisfy the requirements of the study &

adequately represent the spectrum of incidents enumerated.

3.1 CHARACTERISING THE FAILURE

Accidental release of flammable or toxic vapours can result in severe

consequences. Delayed ignition of flammable vapours can result in blast

overpressures covering large areas. This may lead to extensive loss of life

& property. Toxic clouds may cover yet larger distances due to the lower

threshold values in relation to those in case of explosive clouds (the lower

explosive limits). In contrast, fires have localized consequences. Fires can

be put out or contained in most cases; there are few mitigating actions one

can take once a vapor cloud gets released. Major accident hazards arise,

therefore, consequent upon the release of flammable or toxic vapors or

BLEVE in case of pressurized liquefied gases.

In an LPG bottling plant such as the plant in question the main hazard

arises due to the possibility of leakage of LPG during decanting (large

number of those connections etc), storage , cylinder filling & storage &

transportation. The various operations where leakage is more likely

include during compression. To formulate a structured approach to

identification of hazards and understanding of contributory factors is

essential.

3.2 BLAST OVER PRESSURES

Blast over Pressures depends upon the reactivity class of material & the

amount of gas between two explosive limits. LPG is expected to give rise

to a vapor cloud on release.


Page 3


3.3 OPERATING PARAMETERS

Potential vapor release for the same materials depends significantly on

the operating conditions. Since LPG is being handled at atmospheric

temperature & in pressurized conditions, LPG releases have been

considered for release scenario based on their pressure & temperature

condition.

3.4 INVENTORY

Inventory analysis is commonly used in understanding the relative hazards

& short of release scenarios. Inventory plays an important role in regard to

the potential hazard. Larger the inventory of a vessel or a system, larger is

the quantity of potential release. A practice commonly used to generate an

accident list is to consider potential leaks & major releases from fractures

of pipelines & vessels containing sizable inventories. The potential vapor

release (source strength) depends upon the quantity of liquid release, the

properties of the materials & the operating conditions (pressure,

temperature)

3.5 LOSS OF CONTAINMENT

Plant inventory can get discharged to Environment due to loss of

containment. Various causes & modes for such an eventuality have been

described. Certain features of materials to be handled at the plant need to

the clearly understood to .Firstly list out all significant release cases & then

to short release scenarios for a detailed examination.

Liquid release can be either instantaneous or continuous. Failure of a

vessel to an instantaneous outflow assumes the sudden appearance of

such major crack that practically all of the contents above the crack shall

release in a very short time. The more likely event is the case of liquid

release from a hole in a pipe connected to the vessel. The flow rate will

depend on the size of the hole as well as on the pressure in front of the


Page 4


hole, prior to the accident. Such pressure is basically dependent on the

pressure in the vessel.

Vaporization of released liquid depends on the vapour pressure & weather

conditions. Such consideration & others have been kept in mind both

during the initial listing as well as the short listing procedure. Initial listing

of all significant inventories in the process plants was carried out

This ensured no omission through inadvertence. Based on the

methodology discussed above a set of appropriate scenarios was

generated to carry out Risk Analysis calculation, as listed below

S.NO ITEM EVENT

1 Catastrophic Rupture of 60 or 125 MT Bullet Immediate Ignition, BLEVE

2 60 MT or 125 MT (each) LPG Bullets Vapour

Side rupture

VCE

3 Failure of bottom line of LPG Bullet Delayed Ignition, VCE

4 Failure of LPG Compressor Delayed Ignition, VCE

5 Failure of LPG Pump Delayed Ignition, VCE

6 Flange joint leakage in LPG Pipeline Delayed Ignition, VCE

7 Tank Truck Vessel Failure BLEVE

8 Electrical Fire

9 Hygiene Events

Earthquake, extreme Wind,

Aircraft Impact

10 Rupture of filled 14.2 and 19 kg cylinder Immediate ignition and

BLEVE

Civil Disorder, strikes etc can lead to any of these releases scenarios & it

would result in similar consequences. However, these events have been

considered in the probability estimation for the release scenarios,

wherever would have significant impact.

DESCRIPTION AND PROPERTIES

Page 1


SECTION –IV DESCRIPTION AND PROPERTIES

4.0 INTRODUCTION

LPG is a mixture of commercial propane & commercial Butane which may

also contain small quantity of unsaturated hydrocarbons. LPG market in

India is governed by IS 4776 & Test methods by IS – 1148.

LPG being highly flammable may cause fire & explosion. It, therefore calls

for special attention during its handling.

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES DENSITY

LPG at atmospheric pressure & temperature is a gas which is 1.5 to

2.0 times heavier than air. It is easily liquefied under moderate

pressure. The density of liquid is approximately half that of water

and ranges from 0.507 to 0.58 m3.

Since LPG vapour pressure is heavier than air , it normally settle

down at ground level/low lying areas. This accumulation of LPG

vapour gives rise to potential fire and explosion.

VAPOUR PRESSURE

The pressure inside a LPG storage vessel is corresponding to the

temperature in storage vessel. This vapour pressure is dependent

on temperature as well as percentage composition of the mixture of

hydrocarbons present in LPG. Beyond liquid full condition in

cylinders any further expansion of the liquid will increase the

cylinder pressure by 7 – 8 kg/ m2. For each degree centigrade rise

in temperature. This clearly indicates the hazardous situation which

may arise due to overfilling of cylinder or any storage vessel.


Page 2


FLAMMABILITY

LPG has an explosive limit range or 1.8% to 9.5% by volume of the

gas in air. This is an considerably narrower than other common

gaseous fuel.

AUTO-IGNITION TEMPERATURE.

The auto ignition temperature of LPG is around 4100 – 5480 C & will

not ignite on its own at normal temperature.

COMBUSTION

Combustion of LPG increases the volume of products in addition to

generation of heat. LPG requires about 24 to 30 times its own for

complete combustion & yields 3 – 4 times of its own volume of Co2 .

The heat of combustion is about 10,900 kcal.kg

COLOUR

LPG is colorless both in liquid and vapour phase. During leakage

and vaporization of LPG cools the atmosphere & condenses the

water vapour contained in it forming a white fog. This makes

possible to see & escape of LPG

VISCOSITY

LPG has a low viscosity (around 0.3 at 450C) & can leak when other

petroleum products cannot. This properly demands a high degree of

integrity in the pressurized systems handling LPG to avoid

Leakage.

ODOUR

LPG has a very faint smell & as such for detecting leakage of LPG

ethyl mercaptan is generally added in the ratio approx 1 kg for

mercaptan per 100 ft 3 of Liquid LPG (20 ppm)


Page 3


TOXICITY LPG is slightly toxic. Although it is not poisonous in vapour phase, it

suffocates when present in large concentration due to displacement

of Oxygen. IDLH value of LPG is generally taken as 19000 PPM

PYROFORIC IRON

Highly inflammable pyroforic iron Sulphide is formed due to reaction

of loose iron / iron oxide with Sulphur or its compounds. Formation

of , Pyrophoric Iron Sulphide is prevented by totally eliminating

H2S, limiting the total volatile Sulphur to 0.2% by mass & reducing

loose iron oxide by thoroughly cleaning the storage vessels

internally during outage.

However, pyrophoric Iron Sulphide will spontaneously ignite in a

sphere or a cylinder due to high concentration of LPG which is

much above the upper flammable limit. When these vessels are

aired (during opening The saturation vapour pressure, flammability

range, toxicity data of Propane- Butane mixtures as well as pure

compounds are listed below

Propane (%)

Butane (%)

S.V. Process at 50C kg/Cm2

Flammability (Range (%)

Toxicity IDLH

(PPM)

Odour Threshold

(PPM)

100

- 21.12 2.1-9.5 19000 5000

70

30

19 1.9-9.5 N/A N/A

30

70 8.25 1.8-9.5 N/A N/A

20

80 7.31 1.8-9.5 N/A N/A

-

100 5.84 1.9-8.4 N/A -


Page 4


CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

Sl.No

1 Formula C3-C4 mixture

2 Molecular Weight 51.10 Kg/KMol

3 Boiling Temperature at 1 bar (0K) 251.80K

4 Critical Temperature (0K) 357.50K

5 Critical Pressure (bar) 40 bar

6 Density ( liquid) at 450C 50.75 E+01 Kg/M3

7 Boiling Temperature 58.89 E+01 Kg/M3

8 Density ( Gas) at 1 Bar & 450C 1.93 E + 00 Kg/M3

9 At Boiling Temperature 2.44 E + 00 Kg/M3

10 Heat capacity ( Gas) at 450C 17.59 E+ 02 J/Kg/k

11 Heat of Vapourisation at 450C (J/Kg) 31.78 E + 04 J/Kg/K

12 Boiling Temperature 40.00 E/ + 02 J/Kg/K

13 Heat Combustion (J/Kg) 45.94 E+06 J/ Kg/K

14 Vapour Pressure at 450C 9.74 bar

15 Ratio of Spec heats (cp/cv) 1.11

16 Thermal Conductivity ( Gas) at 450C 1.97E-02 W/M/K

17 Boiling Temperature 0.00 E-00 W/M/K

18 Thermal Conductivity ( Liquid) at 450C 8.33 E -02 W/M/K

19 At Boiling Temperature 12.17E -02 W/M/K

20 Stoichiometric Ratio 0.036M3/M3

21 Lower Flammability Limit (% V/V) 1.80

22 Upper Flammability Limit (% V/V) 9.5

23 IDLH Valve (PPM) 19000

E (+,- numerals) = Means Power of ten of the coefficients


Page 5


THE PHYSICAL CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF LPG WHICH MAKE LPG

HAZARDOUS ARE AS FOLLOWS :

LPG liquid is lighter than water and hence floats on water and

evaporates

LPG vapor is heavier than Air

LPG can be stored at ambient temperatures only at higher that

atmospheric Pressure

Pressure and the actual pressure depends on the percentage of

propane in LPG

LPG is highly inflammable and forms explosive mixtures with air

LPG liquid expands to vapor phase by about 250 times

LPG has a fairly good burning velocity and explosive potential

The flame temperature is quite high and has a potential to endanger

steel structure.

With high moisture. LPG can form solid hydrates – which can Plug

pipelines, valves, regulators and other devices at lower temperatures.

Vapour pressure increases steeply with increasing temperature.

Frost bites, can occur when LPG in liquid phase comes into contact

with skin

MAXIMUM CREDIBLE ACCIDENT ANALYSIS (MCAA) APPROACH

Page 1

Risk Analysis for BPCL LPG Bottling Plant at Khurda,Odisha

SECTION-V MAXIMUM CREDIBLE ACCIDENT ANALYSIS (MCAA)

APPROACH 5.1 INTRODUCTION

A Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) can be characterized, as an accident with

a maximum damage potential, which is still believed to be probable.

MCA analysis does not include quantification of probability of occurrence of an

accident. Moreover, since it is not possible to indicate exactly a level of

probability that is still believed to be credible, selection of MCA is somewhat

arbitrary. In practice, selection of accident scenarios representative for a MCA-

Analysis is done on the basis of engineering judgment and expertise in the field

of risk analysis studies, especially accident analysis.

Major hazards posed by flammable storage can be identified taking recourse to

MCA analysis. This encompasses certain techniques to identify the hazards and

calculate the consequent effects in terms of damage distances of heat radiation,

toxic releases, vapor cloud explosion etc. A host of probable or potential

accidents of the major units in the complex arising due to use, storage and

handling of the hazardous materials are examined to establish their credibility.

Depending upon the effective hazardous attributes and their impact on the

event, the maximum effect on the surrounding environment and the respective

damage caused can be assessed.

As an initial step in this study, a selection has been made of the processing and

storage units and activities, which are believed to represent the highest level of

risk for the surroundings in terms of damage distances. For this selection,

following factors have been taken into account:

Type of compound viz. flammable or toxic

Quantity of material present in a unit or involved in an activity and


Page 2


Process conditions such as temperature, pressure, flow, mixing and

presence of incompatible material

In addition to the above factors, location of a unit or activity with respect to

adjacent activities is taken into consideration to account for the potential

escalation of an accident. This phenomenon is known as the Domino Effect. The

units and activities, which have been selected on the basis of the above factors,

are summarized, accident scenarios are established in hazard identification

studies, whose effect and damage calculations are carried out in Maximum

Credible Accident Analysis Studies.

5.2 METHODOLOGY

Following steps are employed for visualization of MCA scenarios: Chemical inventory analysis

Identification of chemical release and accident scenarios

Analysis of past accidents of similar nature to establish credibility to

identified scenarios; and

Short-listing of MCA scenarios

5.3 COMMON CAUSES OF ACCIDENTS

Based on the analysis of past accident information, common causes of accidents

are identified as:

Poor house keeping

Improper use of tools, equipment, facilities

Unsafe or defective equipment facilities

Lack of proper procedures

Improvising unsafe procedures

Failure to follow prescribed procedures

Jobs not understood

Lack of awareness of hazards involved


Page 3


Lack of proper tools, equipment, facilities

Lack of guides and safety devices, and

Lack of protective equipment and clothing

5.4 FAILURES OF HUMAN SYSTEMS

An assessment of past accidents reveal human factor to be the cause for over

60% of the accidents while the rest are due to other component failures. This

percentage will increase if major accidents alone are considered for analysis.

Major causes of human failures reported are due to:

Stress induced by poor equipment design, unfavorable environmental

conditions, fatigue, etc.

Lack of training in safety and loss prevention

Indecision in critical situation; and

Inexperienced staff being employed in hazardous situation

Often, human errors are not analyzed while accident reporting and accident

reports only provide information about equipment and/or component failures.

Hence, a great deal of uncertainty surrounds analysis of failure of human

systems and consequent damages.

5.5 MAXIMUM CREDIBLE ACCIDENT ANALYSIS (MCAA)

Hazardous substances may be released as a result of failures or catastrophes,

causing possible damage to the surrounding area. This section deals with the

question of how the consequences of release of such substances and the

damage to surrounding area can be determined by means of models.

It is intended to give an insight into how the physical effects resulting from

release of hazardous substances can be calculated by means of models and

how vulnerability models can be used to translate the physical effects in terms of

injuries and damage to exposed population and environment. A disastrous


Page 4


situation in general is due to outcome of fire, Vapor Cloud explosion in addition

to other natural causes, which eventually lead to loss of life, property and

ecological imbalance.

Major hazards posed by flammable storage can be identified taking recourse to

MCA analysis. MCA analysis encompasses certain techniques to identity the

hazards and calculate the consequent effect in terms of damage distances of

heat radiation, toxic release, vapor cloud explosion etc. A host of probable or

potential accidents of the major units in the complex arising due to use, storage

and handling of the hazardous materials are examined to establish their

credibility. Depending upon the effective hazardous attributes and their impact

on the event, the maximum effect on the surrounding environment and the

respective damage caused can be assessed. The MCA analysis involves

ordering and ranking various sections in terms of potential vulnerability. 5.6 PHYSICAL EFFECTS AND CONSEQUENCES

Using the failure case data developed the program undertakes consequences

calculation for each indentified incident or failure case. The software initially

models the dispersion of the released material irrespective of whether it is

flammable or toxic. For flammable materials the software then proceeds to

determine the effect zones for the various possible outcomes of such release.

The risk analysis must account for all these possible outcomes. The possible

consequences include.

Fireball / BLEVE

Heavy Cloud Dispersion

Jet Fire

Vapor Cloud Explosion

The particular outcomes modeled depend on the behavior of the release and the

dilution regimes which exist. This can be quite complex. The program


Page 5


undertakes these calculations for the representative meteorological condition as

suitable for the meteorological condition in the area.

Consequential effects of the accidental release of a chemical are:

Intensity of heat radiation due to a fire or a fireball or BLEVE as a

function of the distance of source

Energy of vapor cloud explosion as a function of the distance of the

exploding cloud.

Concentration of gaseous material in the atmosphere due to the

dispersion of the evaporated material. The letter can be either an

explosive or a toxic material.

A release can ignite as the result of the event, which causes it, or can ignite

close to the source before the flammable cloud has travelled away from the

source. Immediate ignition can result in a fireball or a BLEVE or pool fire

depending on the nature and spread of release. A fireball can occur when there

is a specific type of fireball resulting raises the internal pressure and weakens

the vessel shell unit it bursts open and releases its entire contents as large and

very intense fireball.

If the material does not ignite immediately, allowing spill / release to form a liquid

pool a flammable gas cloud may be formed thorough evaporation of the pool due

to combination of solar heat, ground heat and heat from the neighbouring

environment and it can ignite at a number of points downwind if its path is such

that it goes across ( for example , a road an area where people are present or

other ignition sources). Delayed ignition can result in wide spread damaging

vapor cloud explosion of high energy or minor flash fire of limited energy

depending on the quantity of flammable vapor. The accident scenarios are

normally divided into the following categories of the chemicals according to their

physical state / phase, pattern of release , nature of dispersion, physical effects

and damage:


Page 6


a. Release of a gas ( Flammable or toxic or both )

b. Release of a liquid ( Flammable or toxic or both )

c. Release of a liquefied gas ( Flammable or toxic or both )

Event trees are the simplified schemes of consequence, which show the

possible evolution of effects after the release of the material. Such trees are very

effective in determining the possible consequences.

5.7 CONSEQUENCE MODELLING

Accidental release of' flammable or toxic vapors can result in severe

consequences. Delayed ignition of flammable vapors can result in blast

overpressures covering larger areas. This may lead to extensive loss of life &

property. Toxic clouds may cover yet a larger distance due to the lower threshold

values in relation to those in case of explosive clouds (the lower explosive

limits). In contrast, fires have localized consequences. Fires can be put out or

contained in most cases; there are few mitigating actions one can take once a

vapor cloud gets released

If LPG is released into the atmosphere, it may cause damage due to resulting

BLEVE, fires or vapor cloud explosion of the evaporated LPG. To formulate a

structured approach to identification of hazards and understanding of

contributory factors is essential. These factors have been described in detail.

DAMAGE CRITERIA

In consequence analysis, use is made of a number of calculation models to

estimate the physical effects of an accident (spill of hazardous material) & to

predict the damage (lethality, injury, material destruction) of the effects. The

calculations can roughly be divided in three major groups:


Page 7


a) Determination of the source strength parameters.

b) Determination of the consequential effects.

c) Determination of the damage or damage distances.

The basic physical effect models consist of the following

SOURCE STRENGTH PARAMETERS

Calculation of the outflow of liquid, vapors or gas out of a vessel or

a pipe, in case of rupture. Also two-phase outflow can be

calculated

Calculation, in case of liquid outflow, of the instantaneous flash evaporation & of the dimensions of the remaining liquid pool.

Calculation of the evaporation rate, as a function of volatility of the material, pool dimensions & wind velocity

Source strength equals pumps capacities, etc in came cases.

CONSEQUENTIAL EFFECTS

Dispersion of gaseous material in the atmosphere as a function of source

strength, relative density of the gas, weather conditions & topographical

situation of the surrounding area.

Intensity of heat radiation ( KW/M2) due to fire or a BLEVE, as a function

of distance of the source

Energy of vapor cloud explosions [in N/M2], as a function of the distance

to the distance of the exploding cloud

Concentration of gaseous material in the atmosphere, due to the

dispersion of evaporated chemical. The tatter can be either explosive or

toxic.


Page 8


It may be obvious, that the types of models that must be used in a specific risk

study strongly depend upon the type of material involved

Gas, vapor, liquid, solid?

Inflammable, explosive, toxic combustion products?

Stored at high /low temperatures or pressure?

Controlled outflow (Pump Capacity) or catastrophic failure ?

SELECTION OF DAMAGE CRITERIA

The damage criteria give the relation between extent of the physical effects

(exposure) & the percentage of the people that will be killed or injured due to

those effects. The knowledge about these relations depends strongly on the

nature of the exposure. For instance, much more is known about the damage

caused by heat radiation, than about the damage due to toxic exposure, & for

these toxic effects, the knowledge differs strongly between different materials. In

consequences Analysis studies, in principle three types of exposure to hazardous

effects are distinguished:

Effects are distinguished

I. Heat radiation from a jet, pool fire, a flash or a BLEVE

II. Explosion

III. Toxic effects, from toxic material or toxic combustion products

In a LPG bottling plant as there are no toxic chemicals handled. In the next two

paragraphs, the chosen damage catena are given & explained for heat radiation

& vapor cloud explosion

HEAT RADIATION

The consequences of exposure to heat radiation are a function of:

The radiation energy into the human body ( KW/M2)

The exposure duration [sec]

The protection of the skin tissue ( clothed or naked body)


Page 9


The limits for 1% of the exposed people to be killed due to heat radiation & for

second degree bums are given in the table below

DAMAGES TO HUMAN LIFE DUE TO HEAT RADIATION

Since in practical situations, only the own employees will be exposed to heat

radiation in cases of a fire, it is reasonable to assume the protection by clothing. It

can be assumed that people would be able to find a cover or a shield against

thermal radiation 10 sec time. Furthermore, 100% lethality may be assumed for

all people suffering from direct contact with flames, such as the pool fire, a flash

fire or a jet flame. The effects relatively lesser incident radiation intensity is given

below:

EFFECTS DUE TO INCIDENT RADIATION INTENSITY

THERMAL RADIATION (KW/M2)

TYPE OF DAMAGE

0.7

EQUIVALENT TO SOLAR RADIATION

1.6

NO DISCOMFORT FOR LONG EXPOSURE

4.0

SUFFICIENT TO CAUSE PAIN WITHIN 20 SEC BLISTERING OF SKIN (1ST DEGREE BURNS ARE LIKELY)

9.5

PAIN THRESHOLD REACHED AFTER 8 SEC 2ND DEGREE BURN AFTER 20 SEC

12.5 MINIMUM ENERGY REQUIRED FOR PILOTED IGNITION OF WOOD, MELTING PLASTIC TUBING ETC

The actual results would be less severe due to the various assumptions made in

the models arising out of the flame geometry, emissivity, angle of incidence,

view factor & others. Upon ignition , a spilled liquid hydrocarbon would be burn in


Page 10


the form of a large turbulent diffusion flame the size of the flame would be

depend upon the spill surface & the thermo - chemical properties of the spilled

liquid. In particular, the diameter of the fire (if not confined to a dyke), the visible

height of the flame, the tilt & drag of the flame due to wind can be correlated to

the burning velocity of the liquid. The radiative output, of the flame would be

dependent upon the fire size, extent of mixing with air & the flame temperature.

Some fraction of the radiation is absorbed by carbon dioxide & water vapor in

the intervening atmosphere. In addition, large hydrocarbon pool fires produce

thick smoke, which can significantly obscure flame radiation. Finally the incident

flux at an observer location would depend upon the radiation view factor .which

is a function of the distance from the flame surface, the observer's orientation &

the flame geometry Estimation of the thermal radiation hazards from the pool

fires essentially involves 3 steps; characterization of flame geometry,

approximation of the radiative properties of the fire & calculation of safe

separation distances to specified levels of thermal radiation

EXPLOSION In case of vapor cloud explosion, two physical effects may occur

A flash fire over the whole length of the explosive gas cloud.

A blast wave , with typical peak overpressures circular around ignition

source

As explained above, 100% lethality is assumed for all people who are present

within the cloud proper.

For the blast wave the lethality criterion is based on

A peak overpressure of 0.1 bar will cause serious damage to 10% of the

housing / structures

Falling fragments will kill one of each eight persons in the destroyed

buildings

The following damage criteria may be distinguished with respect to the peak

overpressures resulting from the blast wave:


Page 11


DAMAGE DUE TO OVERPRESSURES

PEAK OVERPRESSURE

DAMAGE TYPE

0.83 BAR

TOTAL DESTRUCTION

0.30 BAR

HEAVY DAMAGE

0.10 BAR

MODERATE DAMAGE

0.03 BAR

SIGNIFICANT DAMAGE

0.01 BAR

MINOR DAMAGE

From this it may be concluded that p=0.17 E+5 pa corresponds approximately

with 1% lethality. Furthermore it is assumed that everyone inside an area in

which the peak overpressure is greater than 0.17 E+5 pa will be wounded by

mechanical damage. For the gas cloud explosion this will be inside a circle with

the ignition source as its center

EXTERNAL EVENTS

External events can initiate & contribute to potential incidents considered in a

Risk Analysis. Although the frequency of such events is generally low, they may

result in a major incident. They also have the potential to initiate common cause

failures that can lead to escalation of the incident. External events can be

subdivided into two main categories.

Natural hazards : Earthquakes , Floods, Tornadoes, extreme temperature,

lightening etc

Man induced events : Aircraft crash, missile, nearby industrial activity,

sabotage etc


Page 12


TECHNOLOGY

Normal design codes for gas/chemical plants have sufficient safety factors to

allow the plant to withstand major external events to a particular level (e.g.

intense loading of say 120 mph). Quantitative design rules usually used for

seismic events, flooding, tornadoes & extreme wind hazards as follows

SEISMIC –The design should withstand critical ground motion with an

annual

Probability of 10-4 or less

FLOODING – The design should withstand the efforts of worst

flooding occurrence in 100 year period

WINDS - The design should withstand the most critical combination

of Wind velocity & duration having a probability of 0.005 or less in a 50

year period (annual probability of 10-4 or less).

DAMAGE DUE TO INCIDENT RADIATION INTENSITY

INCIDENT RADIATION

(KW/M2)

TYPE OF DAMAGE

62.0

Spontaneous Ignition Of Wood & Sufficient To Cause Damage To Process Equipments

37.5

Minimum energy required to ignite wood at infinitely long exposure ( Non plastic )

12.5

Minimum energy required for piloted ignition if wood, melting plastic tubing, etc

4.5

Sufficient to cause pain to personal if unable to reach cover within the 20 seconds. However blistering of skin ( 1st degree burn is likely)

1.6 Will cause no discomfort to long exposure.

0.7

Equipment to solar radiation.


Page 13


PHYSIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF THRESHOLD THERMAL DOSES

DOSE THRESOLD (KW/M2)

EFFECT CONSEQUENCES

37.5 3RD DEGREE BURN INVOLVE WHOLE OF DPIDERMIS AND DERMIS; SUB- CUTANEOUS TISSUES MAY ALSO BEDAMAGED.

12.5 2ND DEGREE BURN INVOLE WHOLE OF EPIDERMIS OVER THE AREA OF THE BURN PLUS SOME PORTION OF DERMIS.

4.0 1ST DEGREE BURN INVOLE ONLY EPIDERMES, BLISTER MAY OCCUR, EXAMPLE SUNBURNS.

DAMAGE EFFECTS OF BLAST OVERPRESSURE

BLAST OVER PRESSURE

(Bar)

DAMAGE LEVEL

0.3 Major structure damage ( assumed fatal to people inside building or within the other structures

0.1 Storage failure

0.01 Eardrum Rupture

0.03 Repairable damage, pressure Vessels light structure collapse


Page 14


POSSIBLE RELEASE SCENARIO OF LPG

PIPELINE RELEASE RUPTURE OF VESSEL

VAPOR LIQUID

OUTFLOW

JET FIRE DISPERSION

DELAYED IGNITION

NO IGNITION

VCE/ FLASH FIRE

SAFE DISPERSION

BLEVE

OUTFLOW MODEL

TWO PHASE OUTFLOW

JET FIRE LIQUID SPREADING AND EVAPORATION

DISPERSION

POOL FIRE

DELAYED IGNITION

NO IGNITION

VCE/ FLASH FIRE

SAFE DISPERSION

HAZARDS OF LPG SPILLAGE / ESCAPE FROM CONTAINMENT

Sonar Bharat Environment & Ecology Pvt Ltd 1


SECTION-VI HAZARDS OF LPG SPILLAGE / ESCAPE FROM

CONTAINMENT 6.0 General

When LPG is released from a storage vessel or a pipeline , a fraction of LPG

vaporizes immediately and the other portion forms a pool if the released liquid

quantity is more. LPG from the pool vaporizes rapidly entrapping some liquid as

droplets as well as considerable amount of air forming a gas cloud. The gas

cloud is relatively heavier than air and forms a thin layer on the ground. The

cloud flows into trenches and depressions and in this way travels a considerable

distance.

As the cloud formed in the area of spill moves downwind under influence of

wind, it gets diluted. A small spark, when the vapour cloud is within the

flammability limit can cause flash fire, explosion and if the liquid pool still exist

and remains in touch of cloud under fire it can ignite the whole mass of liquid.

However in case of non existence of any source of ignition there will be no

occurrence of hazardous event and the cloud may get diluted to such a level that

the mixture is no longer explosive. However , it can cause asphyxiation due to

displacement of oxygen . Different types of combustion reactions . associated in

case of. release of LPG from the containment are listed in the following sections.

JET FIRE

Escaping jet of LPG from pressure vessels / piping, if ignited cause a jet flame.

The jet flame direction and tilt depend on prevailing wind direction and velocity.

Damage, in case of such type of jet fires, is restricted to within the- plant

boundary. However, the ignited jet can impinge on other vessels and

equipment carrying LPG and cause domino effect.




POOL FIRE

The liquid pool, if ignited , causes a "Pool Fire" . In the pool fire, LPG burns with

long smoky flame throughout the pool diameter radiating intense heat which

creates severe damage to the adjoining buildings, structures , other vessels and

equipment causing secondary fires. The flame .may tilt under influence of wind

and may get propagated / brown several pool diameters down wind. Damage, in

case of such fires ,is restricted within the plant area and near the source of

generation.

UNCONFINED VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION (UVCE)

Clouds of LPG vapour mixed with air (within flammability limit) may cause

propagating flames when ignited. In certain cases flame take place within

seconds the thermal radiation intensity is severe depending on the total mass of

LPG in the cloud and may cause secondary fires. When the flame travels very

fast it explodes high over pressures or blast effects causing heavy damage at

considerable distance from the release point. Such explosions are called

unconfined vapour cloud explosion.

BOILING LIQUID EXPANDING VAPOUR EXPLOSION (BLEVE)

This phenomenon occurs when pressure inside a storage vessel increases

above the design pressure due to a fire in the adjacent area. Due to

impingement of flame or due to radiant heat, temperature in the vapour portion

of the storage vessel increases rapidly compared to the portion filled with liquid.

Increase in temperatures softens and weakens the metal wall of the shell. With

the rise in vapour pressure and inadequate vapour space for expansion , the

shell of storage tanks bursts causing fragments of the shell flying like projectiles

with release of whole mass of pressurized boiling liquid. The released liquid

flashes and atomies immediately often resulting a large fire ball in contact with




an ignited source. Although the fire ball lasts only a few seconds , its effect is

devastating due to flame contact and intense thermal radiation. This

phenomenon is called BLEVE. The effect of BLEVE extends beyond the plant

boundary in case of catastrophic failure of large pressurized storage vessels.

PAST LPG INCIDENTS IN INDIA

Page 1


SECTION –VII

HISTORY OF PAST ACCIDENTS IN LPG PLANTS IN INDIA

A. HARYANA, 1973

Road accident: A truck carrying 300 LPG cylinders on National Highway 20

miles away from Delhi .capsized 8. LPG cylinders tumbled down. Suspected

cause of fire is friction between the cylinders which might have leaked due to

rolling down . 1 person died & 3 others were injured

B. MADRAS , 04.04.1981

Fire Accident at LPG Filling Plant at Madras Refineries Limited . On the

day of the fire no filling operation was planned . However it was planned to

do some housekeeping & cleanup operations & interacting of cylinders &

stacking . A truck was also engaged to remove defective cylinders. Prior to

the removal of defective cylinders , reported that about 4500 cylinders

were lying there . Till the truck arrived the contract workmen were engaged

in shifting cylinders by rolling to the new stacking location & they removed

about 400 cylinders & had been stacking them . The truck also made one

trip , of intercarting of 265 cylinders to the new location. , The truck made a

second trip , picked up about 230cylinders & came to the stacking location

& stood by , ready to unload the cylinders . At this time the fire broke out

from the middle of the new stack of defective cylinders & spread fast to the

entire stack of cylinders . In a matter of minutes cylinders had started to

burst with a loud noise due to exposure to intense heat of fire & several

cylinders gave way due to over pressuring . Sudden bursting of cylinders

led the splinters / metal pieces to fly off in all odd directions quite far away

from the accident spot. Due to bursting of cylinders & spreading of fire, the

truck also caught fire & with its full load of cylinders was gulfed in fire &

was totally destroyed. Smoking is believed to be the cause of this accident


Page 2


B. DELHI, 15.05.1983

A large fire occurred in LPG Bottling Plant filling 9000 cylinders per day , in two shift operation . LPG was supplied to the plant in tank wagons

The fire originated from the cylinder repair area . Leaked LPG got ignited by the lighted beedi, which one of the workers, in the repair area ,was smoking while he was carrying decanting operations 4 persons died & 25 were injured. About 80665 cylinders were damaged.

D. MADRAS, 1985

Fire accident occurred in one of the restaurants when one of the untrained

workers attempted to disconnect an empty cylinder from the pigtail

connection for fixing a filled LPG cylinder. 7 people died & 10 others were

injured

E. SALEM

LPG gas leak was observed through the improperly closed gate valve near

the top manhole, in a railway wagon . Due to timely action a big fire

accident could be averted.

F. NELLORE 1988

Tanker carrying LPG cylinders burst into flames right under the Nellore

railway bridge, melting the electric traction wire to a span of 45 m &

completely twisting the track over the bridge. 1 person died & 2 others

were injured

G. CHANDIGARH, 1989

An accident occurred in a LPG Plant , when some employees of LPG

agency were trying to pilfer LPG from one cylinder to another when the

leaking gas got ignited from the open fire nearby . Two people died & no

one was reported injured.


Page 3


H. RAJKOT.1989

Indian Oil Corporation LPG bottling Plant: A LPG leakage incident

involving a LPG road tanker took place at the IOCL .The locking pin of the

shut off valve of the liquid line of the tanker was broken . Since the valve

after being opened, could not be closed, LPG started leaking . 2 people

were injured.

I. RONALI, BARODA, 1989

Another LPG leakage incident involving a road tanker occurred because the gasket used in the liquid line of the tanker had worn out & gave way leading to leakage of LPG.

J. DHULE, MAHARASHTRA, 1990

Another LPG incident involving road tankers took place when the driver of

the tanker lost control & the vehicle fell into a ditch leading to the shearing

of excess flow check valve & safety valve of the tank resulting in the

leakage of LPG. The cloud traveled a distance of 100 m away & met with a

source of ignition resulting in flash fire. 12 people died in this accident.

K. HOWRAH, BRIDHE, CALCUTTA, 1990

A road tanker carrying 12.45 MT of LPG overturned on Howrah bridge &

the roto gauge was damaged & the gas leak occurred. Due to prompt

safety measures taken by the fire brigade, an explosion was averted. Two

people were injured in this incident.

L. BONTHAPALLY ,AP,1990

There was a gas leak from a faulty valve. At the same time static charge

accumulated on the tanker during unloading. Since the tanker was not

"earthed" electrostatic arcing occurred & resulted in an explosion & the

entire vehicle was burnt. Nobody was hurt.


Page 4


M. GANAURSI, PUNJAB, 1990

Yet another LPG road tanker incident, a tanker overturned & the safety

valve got damaged resulting in a gas leak which enveloped an entire

village. The gas got ignited on coming in contact with some flame &

resulted in a massive fire. 31 People died & 30 others were injured.

N. JAMSHEDPUR, 1991

Due to damage in the terflon packing around the thermowell connecting

the nozzle to the Horton sphere thermoweli was displaced resulting in a

leak. One person was injured

O. PUNE, 1992

Since the liquid discharge valve was not closed properly after the

unloading of LPG from the tanker, liquid LPG leaked out. The vapors from

the leak, reached the workers quarters, & got ignited. The flames reached

the tanker, which caught fire. One person died & two others were injured.

CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

Page 1


SECTION –VIII


8.0 BASIC ASSUMPTION FOR CALCULATING EFFECT ZONE

PRODUCT : LPG ( 60% Butane and 40% Propane by weight ), Molecular

Weight : 52, Vapour pressure: 7.72 Bar at 308 K, LEL: 1.8%, UEL: 9.5%,

Boiling Point: -17Deg C at 1 Bar, Liquid Density : 0.521 Kg/ M3, Heat

Capacity : 2736 J/KG/K,

PROPANE:- Heat of Combustion: 4.65 E+07 J/ KG, Heat of Evaporation

at Boiling Temp ( 231 K at 1 Bar) : 2.22 E +03 J/KG. K

Butane:- Heat of Combustion : 4.59E + 07 J/ KG, ( Joule / Kg) Heat of

Evaporation at Boiling Temperature ( 273 K at 1 Bar ): 3.84 E + 05 J/KG

METEOROLOGICAL DATA

A. Temperature

Summer (0 c) 35-45

Winter (0 c) 10-25

Humidity: 30%- 63%

Tanker Bullet Size : 18 Tons Bullet Capacity : 125 MT x 2, 60 MT X 2, 300 MT x 3 (Proposed)

Pipeline Data

Bullet to pump suction dia - 150 mm

TLD liquid line to Bullet dia - 100 mm

LPG Compressors to TLD dia - 100 mm

LPG Compressors to bullet dia - 100 mm

LPG pump outlet to Carousel dia - 75 mm

Pump return line dia - 50 mm

Purging unit inlet - 50 mm


Page 2


Pump Capacity : Capacity 50 KL/Hr Discharge Pressure : 15 kg/cm2

Compressor Capacity : LPG 2 X 65 CFM AIR 1 X 200 CFM & 1 X 300 CFM

CONSEQUENCE CALCULATION:

Storage Temperature : 293 K; Storage Pressure : 5.5 Kg/ Cm2, Discharge Coeff:

0.6, Wind Speed: 1.3 M/ sec, Atm Stability : F

BLEVE:

Source : a) 18 MT Bullet Truck

b) 125 MT Bullet ( Vessel- in open pedestal)- full capacity HEAVY CLOUD DISPERSION ( dispersion LEL distance considering Release Time of 1800 Sec )

Source : a) 150 mm liquid line rupture

from bullet truck under pressure of 12 Kg/ Cm2)

to Carousal at 12 Kg/ Cm2)

b) 100 mm vapour line rupture ( from Bullet truck ) c) 150 mm liquid line rupture ( from Bullet suction @ 6 KG/ Cm2 )

d) 100 mm Vapour return header under 100 CFM Compression @ 7Kg/ Cm2 )

e) 75 mm Carousel return line( liquid)/ 50 mm hose rupture( liquid)

Source strength to be evaluated based on data provided above.


Page 3


JET FIRE ( if ignited) ,

Source : a) 100 mm liquid line rupture



b) 100 mm vapour line rupture ( from Bullet truck ) c) 150 mm liquid line rupture ( from Bullet suction @ 6 KG/ Cm2 )

d) 100 mm Vapour return header under 100 CFM Compression @ 7Kg/ Cm2 )

e) 75 mm Carousel return line( liquid)/ 62 mm hose rupture( liquid)

VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION ( DELAYED IGNITION considering

Release time of 1800 Sec)

a) 100 mm liquid line rupture



b) 150 mm liquid line rupture ( from Bullet suction @ 6 KG/ Cm2 ) c) 75 mm Carousel return line( liquid)


Page 4


SCENARIO -1

BLEVE – .5 KG CYLINDER

ASSUMPTION

1. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE : 450 (C)

2. AMOUNT OF GAS : 5 (KG)

3. DIAMETER CLOUD : Nil

4. DURATION OF FIRE BALL : Nil

5. INTENSITY OF RADIATION : Nil

6. RELATIVE HUMIDITY : 30%

THE THERMAL LOAD IS CALCULATED FROM THE CENTRE OF THE FIRE BALL

SL.NO THERMAL RADIATION DISTANCE (M)

1 1st Degree Burn ( 4KW/M2) Quantity insufficient for BLEVE

2 50% LETHALITY ( 12.5KW/M2) Quantity insufficient for BLEVE

3 100% LETHALITY ( 37.5KW/M2) Quantity Insufficient for BLEVE


Page 5


SCENARIO -2

BLEVE - 14.2 KG CYLINDER

ASSUMPTION


2. AMOUNT OF GAS : 14.2 (KG)






SL.NO Cylinder Capacity

(kg)

Failure During Overheating

Total Energy

(KL)

Max. Fragment

range (m)

Fragment

Velocity (m/s)

1 14.2

12.5 162.2 39.8


1 1st Degree Burn ( 4KW/M2) Quantity insufficient for BLEVE

2 50% LETHALITY ( 12.5KW/M2) Quantity insufficient for BLEVE

3 100% LETHALITY ( 37.5KW/M2) Quantity Insufficient for BLEVE


Page 6


SCENARIO -3

BLEVE -- 19 KG CYLINDER

ASSUMPTION









1 1st Degree Burn ( 4KW/M2) Quantity In sufficient for BLEVE

2 50% LETHALITY ( 12.5KW/M2) Quantity In sufficient for BLEVE



Page 7


SCENARIO -4

BLEVE -- 35 KG CYLINDERS

ASSUMPTION












SL.NO Cylinder

Capacity (kg)


Total Energy

(KL)

Max. Fragment

range (m)

Fragment Velocity

(m/s)

1 35

31.4 191.2 43.3


Page 8


SCENARIO -5

BLEVE – 47.5 KG CYLINDERS

ASSUMPTION


2. AMOUNT OF GAS : 47.5 (KG)









3 100% LETHALITY (37.5KW/M2) Quantity In sufficient for BLEVE

SL.NO Cylinder Capacity

(kg)


Total Energy

(KL)

Max. Fragment

range (m)

Fragment Velocity

(m/s)

1 47.5

42.4 199.2 44.2


Page 9


SCENARIO – 6

BLEVE - 18 MT BULLET TRUCK ( BLEVE)

ASSUMPTION

1. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE : 45 0(C)

2. AMOUNT OF GAS : 18 MT

3. RADIUS OF FIRE BALL : 62.5 (M)

4. DURATION OF FIRE BALL : 8.8 (S)

5. INTENSITY OF RADIATION : 191.9 (KW/M2)




1 1st Degree Burn ( 4KW/M2) 318.4

2 50% LETHALITY ( 12.5KW/M2) 195.3

3 100% LETHALITY ( 37.5KW/M2) 115.3


Page 10


SCENARIO – 7

BLEVE -125 MT BULLET (BLEVE)

ASSUMPTION


2. AMOUNT OF GAS : 125 MT

3. RADIUS OF FIRE BALL : 115 (M)

4. DURATION OF FIRE BALL : 15.3(S)

5. INTENSITY OF RADIATION : 217 (KW/M2)




1 1st Degree Burn ( 4KW/M2) 615.1

2 50% LETHALITY ( 12.5KW/M2) 373.5

3 100% LETHALITY ( 37.5KW/M2) 115.3

[


Page 11


SCENARIO - 8

HEAVY CLOUD DISPERSION – 100 MM LIQUID LINE RUPTURE (100% ) FROM BULLET TRUCK

ASSUMPTION


2. PIPE DIA : 100MM

3. FLOW RATE : 168.9 (Kg/Sec)

4. RELEASE TIME : 1800 SEC

5. PUMPING PRESSURE : 12 Kg/CM2


DISTANCES FOR DISPERSION OF HEAVY CLOUD

Event No

Distance LEL (M) Distance UEL (M)

DW

CW

DW CW

1. 25 69.1 4.2 21.6


Page 12


SCENARIO -9

HEAVY CLOUD DISPERSION – 100 MM LIQUID LINE RUPTURE (100%) FROM BULLET

ASSUMPTION


2. PIPE DIA : 100 mm



5. PUMPING PRESSURE : @ 50 kl/hr at 14 Kg/CM2



Event No


DW

CW

DW CW

1. 10 8.1 2 2.9


Page 13


SCENARIO -10

HEAVY CLOUD DISPERSION – 100 MM VAPOUR LINE RUPTURE (25% ) FROM BULLET TRUCK

ASSUMPTION


2. PIPE DIA : 100MM






Event No


DW

CW

DW CW

1. 28 28.8 8 12.8


Page 14


SCENARIO -11

HEAVY CLOUD DISPERSION – 100 MM LIQUID LINE RUPTURE (25% ) FROM BULLET

ASSUMPTION


2. PIPE DIA : 100 MM



5. PUMPING PRESSURE : @ 50 kl/hr at 14 Kg/CM2



Event No


DW CW

DW CW

1. 4 2.4 2 1.8


Page 15


SCENARIO -12

HEAVY CLOUD DISPERSION –150 MM LIQUID LINE RUPTURE (100% ) FROM BULLET TRUCK TO PUMP

ASSUMPTION


2. PIPE DIA : 150 MM




6. RELATIVE HUMIDITY : 64 %


Event No


DW

CW

DW CW

1. 26.5 82.7 4.2 25.1


Page 16


SCENARIO -13

HEAVY CLOUD DISPERSION – 150 MM LIQUID LINE RUPTURE (25% ) FROM BULLET SUCTION

ASSUMPTION


2. PIPELINE DIA : 150mm






Event No


DW CW

DW CW

1. 24 31.7 8 18.8


Page 17


SCENARIO -13A

HEAVY CLOUD DISPERSION – 150 MM LIQUID LINE RUPTURE (25% ) FROM BULLET SUCTION

ASSUMPTION








Event No


DW CW

DW CW

1. 24 31.7 8 18.8


Page 18


SCENARIO -14

HEAVY CLOUD DISPERSION – 100 MM VAPOUR LINE RUPTURE (100% ) FROM BULLET TRUCK

ASSUMPTION








Event No


DW CW

DW CW

1. 44 21.5 10 8.3


Page 19


SCENARIO -15

HEAVY CLOUD DISPERSION – 100 MM VAPOUR RETURN HEADER UNDER COMPRESSION

ASSUMPTION








Event No


DW CW

DW CW

1. 44 21.5 10 8.3


Page 20


SCENARIO -16

HEAVY CLOUD DISPERSION – 75 MM CAROUSAL RETURN LINE (LIQUID)

ASSUMPTION


2. PIPELINE DIA : 75 mm




6. COMPRESSION : 150 CFM



Event No


DW CW

DW CW

1. 18 13.7 4 1.9


Page 21


SCENARIO -17

HEAVY CLOUD DISPERSION – 50 MM CAROUSAL RETURN LINE ( VAPOUR )

ASSUMPTION








Event No


DW CW

DW CW

1. 25 11.3 6 4.4


Page 22


SCENARIO -18

HEAVY CLOUD DISPERSION – 50 MM HOSE RUPTURE

ASSUMPTION








Event No


DW CW

DW CW

1. 6 6.1

2

3.04


Page 23


SCENARIO -19

VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION -150MM LIQUIDLINE RUPTURE FROM BULLET TRUCK ( 100% )

ASSUMPTION


2. PIPE DIA : 150mm



5. WIND VELOCITY & STABILITY : 2/F

6. SOURCE STREMGTH FOR DISPERSION : 168.9 Kg/S

7 VAPOUR CLOUD RADIUS : 48.3 M

8 VAPOUR CLOUD HEIGHT : 1.97 M

9 AMOUNT IN EXPLOSIVE LIMITS : 1857 Kg

10 LEL DISTANCE : 28 M


DAMAGE DISTANCES FOR VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION

SL.NO DETONATION OVERPRESSURE DISTANCE (M)

1 0.3 bar 104.0

2 0.1 bar 208.0

3 0.03 bar 520


Page 24


SCENARIO -20

VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION -150MM LIQUIDLINE RUPTURE FROM BULLET TRUCK ( 25% )

ASSUMPTION

1. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE : 10 0(C)

2. PIPE DIA : 150MM


4. PUMPING PRESSURE : 12Kg/CM2





9 AMOUNT IN EXPLOSIVE LIMITS : 337.6 Kg




SL.NO DETONATION OVERPRESSURE DISTANCE (M)

1 0.3 bar 58.9

2 0.1 bar 117.9

3 0.03 bar 294.7


Page 25


SCENARIO -21

VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION - 75 MM LIQUID CAROUSEL RETURN LINE

ASSUMPTION


2. PIPE DIA : 75mm


4. WIND VELOCITY & STABILITY : 1.3/F








SL.NO DETONATION

OVERPRESSURE

DISTANCE (M)

1 0.3 bar Explosion unlikely Qty low




Page 26


SCENARIO -22

VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION -150MM LIQUIDLINE RUPTURE (150%) FROM EXISTING BULLET SUCTION

ASSUMPTION


2. PIPE DIA : 150mm










SL.NO DETONATION

OVERPRESSURE

DISTANCE (M)

1 0.3 bar 123.6

2 0.1 bar 247.2

3 0.03 bar 618.1


Page 27


SCENARIO -22A

VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION -150MM LIQUIDLINE RUPTURE (150%) FROM PROPOSED BULLET SUCTION

ASSUMPTION


2. PIPE DIA : 150mm










SL.NO DETONATION

OVERPRESSURE

DISTANCE (M)

1 0.3 bar 123.6

2 0.1 bar 247.2

3 0.03 bar 618.1


Page 28


SCENARIO -23

VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION – 150 MM LIQUID RETURN LINE FROM BULLET SUCTION (25%)

ASSUMPTION


2. PIPE DIA : 150 mm










SL.NO DETONATION

OVERPRESSURE

DISTANCE (M)

1 0.3 bar 73.6

2 0.1 bar 146.7

3 0.03 bar 366.7


Page 29


SCENARIO -24

VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION - 75 MM CAROUSAL RETURN LINE


2. PIPE DIA : 75 mm










SL.NO DETONATION

OVERPRESSURE

DISTANCE (M)





Page 30


SCENARIO - 25

VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION – OVER FLOW OF 60 MT BULLET











SL.NO DETONATION

OVERPRESSURE

DISTANCE (M)

1 0.3 bar 118.3

2 0.1 bar 241.5

3 0.03 bar 609.1


Page 31


SCENARIO – 26

JET FIRE -150MM LIQUID LINE RUPTURE FROM BULLET TRUCK

ASSUMPTION


2. PIPELINE DIA : 150 MM

3. DISCHARGE RATE : 5.4 (Kg/Sec)


5 THERMAL RADIATION INSIDE JET : 320.4 KW/M2

6. LENGTH : 26.8 M

7 WIDTH : 2.3 M


DAMAGE DISTANCES FOR JET FIRE


1

1st Degree Burn ( 4KW/M2)

DW 33.7

CW 22.0

2

50% LETHALITY ( 12.5KW/M2) DW 30.8

CW 11.6

3


CW 4.9


Page 32


SCENARIO – 27

JET FIRE -100 MM VAPOUR LINE RUPTURE FROM BULLET TRUCK

ASSUMPTION






6. LENGTH : 36.2 M

7 WIDTH : 3.1 M




1


DW 44.3

CW 25.9

2


CW 13.3

3


CW 5.5


Page 33


SCENARIO -28

JET FIRE -150 MM LIQUID LINE RUPTURE FROM BULLET TRUCK

ASSUMPTION






6. LENGTH : 171.2 M

7 WIDTH : 14.8 M




1


DW 201.7

CW 92.7

2


CW 44.6

3

150% LETHALITY ( 37.5KW/M2) DW 176.4

CW 16.3


Page 34


SCENARIO - 29

JET FIRE -150 MM VAPOUR RETURN HEADER UNDER 95 CFM COMPRESSOR

ASSUMPTION






6. LENGTH : 43.2 M

7 WIDTH : 3.7 M




1


DW 52.2

CW 29.1

2


CW 14.7

3


CW 5.8


Page 35


SCENARIO - 30

JET FIRE - 75 MM CAROUSAL RETURN LINE

ASSUMPTION






6. LENGTH : 30.8 M

7 WIDTH : 2.6 M




1


DW 38.7

CW 25.1

2


CW 13.3

3


CW 5.7


Page 36


SCENARIO - 31

JET FIRE - 50 MM HOSE RUPTURE

ASSUMPTION


2. HOSE DIA : 50 MM




6. LENGTH : 30.8 M

7 WIDTH : 2.6 M




1


DW 38.7

CW 25.1

2


CW 13.3

3


CW 5.7


Page 37


SCENARIO -32

150 MM GASKET FAILURE IN LPG PUMP DISCHARGE

ASSUMPTION


2. PIPE DIA : 150MM



5. LENGTH : 30.8 M

6 WIDTH : 2.6 M




1


DW 38.7

CW 25.1

2


CW 13.3

3


CW 5.7


Page 38


SCENARIO -33

VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION

150 MM GASKET FAILURE IN LPG PUMP DISCHARGE

ASSUMPTION


2. PIPE DIA : 150MM

3. RELEASE RATE : 1.8 (Kg/Sec)

4. WIND VELOSITY & STABILITY : 2/F

4 SOURCE STRENGTH FOR DISPERSION : 1.8 KG/S KW/M2

5. VAPOUR CLOUD RADIUS : 1.89 M


7. AMOUNT EXPLOSIVE IN LIMITS : 1.8 KG

8. LEL DISTANCE : 2 M



SL.NO DAMAGE DISTANCE DISTANCE (M)

1 0.3 bar Explosion unlikely Qty Low



RECOMMENDATION

Sonar Bharat Environment & Ecology Pvt Ltd Page 1


SECTION –IX

RECOMMENDATION 9.0 SUGGESTION

Handling And Storage of Liquid Petroleum Gas is a Hazardous process as the

chemical properties of L.P.G indicates that the material is explosive. Leakage

from any point and getting a source ignition may cause disaster..

Based on M.C.A analysis, different probable accident scenarios were

identified and its consequences have been identified.

Risk contours have been plotted on the layout to show the possibilities of

damage on the onsite/offsite facilities.

Fallowing Scenarios were considered

BLEVE

5 kg cylinders

14.2 kg cylinders

19 kg cylinders

35 kg cylinders

47.5 kg cylinders

18 MT bullet truck

125 MT bullet

JET FIRE

150 mm liquid line - Bullet to pump suction dia

100 MM liquid line -TLD liquid line to Bullet dia

100 mm pipe line - LPG Compressors to TLD dia

100 mm pipeline - LPG Compressors to bullet dia

75 mm pipeline - LPG pump outlet to Carousel dia

50 mm return line - Pump return line dia

50 mm line - Purging unit inlet

RECOMMENDATION



BLEVE

Maximum Damage from Fireball

S no.

Failure Scenarios

Source Strength

Radius of fireball

Duration of Fireball

Intensity of Radiation inside fireball

Damage distances from the center of the fireball

m

T m s kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2

12.5 kW/m2

4 kW/m2

a) 18 MT Bullet Truck- full capacity

9 62.5 8.8 191.9 115.3 195.3 318.4

b) 125 MT Bullet ( Vessel- in open pedestal)- full capacity

75 115 15.3 217 214.4 373.5 615.1

In the above cases thermal radiation zone will spread beyond the boundary and cause

off site risk. These will also cause damage to on site facilities like unloading bay etc.

RECOMMENDATION



HEAVY CLOUD DISPERSION (dispersion LEL distance considering Release Time of 1800 sec) S

no.

Scenario Pipe size

Flow rate LEL (m) UEL (m)

mm (kg/s) DW CW

DW CW


1. from bullet truck under pressure of 12Kg/ cm2 100 168.9

(rupture assumed to be at vessel-pipe joint)

25 69.1

4.2 21.6

2. from bullet under pressure of 14Kg/ cm2 100 7.2 10 8.1 2 2.9

100 mm vapour line rupture ( 25% )

b) 1. from bullet truck under pressure of

12Kg/ cm2 100 42.2 28 28.8

8 12.8

2. from bullet under pressure of 14Kg/ cm2 100 1.8

4 2.8 2 1.8


c) 1. from Bullet to pump at 12 Kg/ cm2) 150 260.2

(rupture assumed to be at vessel-pipe joint)

26.5

82.7

4.2 25.1

d) 150 mm liquid line rupture (25%)

e) 150 mm liquid line ruptures (25%) (from Bullet suction @ 6Kg/ cm2)

150 65.5 24 31.7

8 18.8

f) 100 mm vapour line rupture (100%)

(from Bullet truck) 100 14.6 44 21.

5 10 8.3

g) 100 mm Vapour return header under 95

CFM Compression @ 8Kg/ cm2 ) 100 14.6 44 21.

5 10 8.3

h) 1) 75 mm Carousel return line( liquid) 75 12.12 18 13.

7 4 1.9

2) 50 mm Carousel return line(Vapour) 50 6.4 25 11.3

6 4.4

3) 50 mm hose rupture (liquid) 50 7.2 6 6.1 2 3.04

RECOMMENDATION



In case a source of ignition this may cause damage to the onsite facilities Mitigative Measures:-

1. Elimination of ground level ignition source 2. Nozzle for vapour cloud dispersion is to be put into operation 3. Provision for vapour dilution system

RECOMMENDATION




Damage distances due to VCE

S no.

Scenario Pipe size

Release rate

Wind velocit

y & Stabilit

y

Source strengt

h for dispersi

on

Cloud radius/ Height

Amount in

Explosive

limits

LEL distanc

e

Damage distances (m)

mm kg/s kg/s m kg m 0.3 bar 0.1 bar 0.03 bar



150 168.9 2/ F 168.9 48.3/1.97

1857 28 104.0 208.0 520

b) 150 mm liquid line rupture (25%)


150 42.2 2/ F 42.23 24.3/3.5 337.6 20 58.9 117.9 294.7

2. to Carousal @ 50 Kl/ Hr at 12 Kg/ cm2)


c) 150 mm liquid line rupture (100%) (from Bullet suction @ 6 Kg/ cm2)

150 260.2 2/ F 260.2 58.4/ 9.5 3120 30 123.6 247.2 618.1

d) 150 mm liquid line rupture (25%) (from Bullet suction @ 6 Kg/ cm2)

150 65.05 2/ F 65.05 31.7/ 4.4 650.5 24 73.6 146.7 366.7

e) 75 mm Carousel return line (liquid)


f) Over flow 60MT Bullet 260.2 2/F 260.2 58.4/9.5 3120 30 118.3 241.5 609.1

Effect of explosion will spread beyond the boundary wall and will cause off site risk

RECOMMENDATION



JET FIRE (If ignited)

S no.

Scenario Pipe size

Discharge rate

Thermal radiation inside jet

Length Width Damage distances (m)

mm kg/s kW/m2 m m 37.5 kW/m2

12.5 kW/m2

4 kW/m2

DW

CW

DW

CW

DW

CW

a) 100 mm liquid line rupture (100%) 1. from bullet truck under pressure of 12 Kg/ cm2 under compressor 95 CFM)

150 5.4 320.4 26.8 2.3 28.7

4.9 30.8

11.6

33.7

22.0

b) 100 mm vapour line rupture (100%)( from Bullet truck )

100 10.06 259.4 36.2 3.1 38.1

5.5 40.7

13.3

44.3

25.9

c) 150 mm liquid line rupture (100%) (from Bullet truck @ 6 KG/ cm2)

150 260.2 184.9 171.2 14.8 176.4

16.3

187.5

44.6

201.7

92.7

d) 100 mm Vapour return header under 95 CFM Compression @ 8Kg/ cm2)

150 14.6 236.0 43.2 3.7 45.3

5.8 48.1

14.7

52.2

29.1

e) 1. 75 mm Carousel return line (liquid)

75 7.2 321.5 30.8 2.6 32.9

5.7 35.2

13.3

38.7

25.1

2. 50mm hose rupture (liquid)

50 7.2 321.5 30.8 2.6 32.9

5.7 35.2

13.3

38.7

25.1

These will cause damage to the onsite facilities Mitigative Measures:- Activation of sprinkler system for cooling down the facilities

RECOMMENDATION




RECOMMENDATION

1. Periodic cleaning of filter element to reduce probability of rupture line due to

blockage of filter.

2. Over filling of cylinder due to reverse flow from the bullet can lead to rupture

of cylinder which are disastrous. Hence NRV in between evacuation unit and

tank to recommended.

RECOMMENDATION



9.2 FIRE FIGHTING FACILITY

Details of Fire fighting arrangements within the factory and similar additional

services that can be obtained at a short notice are as under:

ITEM DESCRIPTION. Nos. Remarks Fire Water Tanks 1x2850 KL +

1 X 2836 KL

Fire Engines 4 x 410 kL/hr 2 x 273 kL/hr

Fire Extinguisher -DCP Type-75 kg 5 -DCP Type-50 kg NIL -DCP Type-10 kg 54 -CO2 Type-4.5 kg 9 -CO2 Type-2 kg NIL Dry Chemical Powder (DCP) 550kg spare Foam (AFFF) NA Foam compound Trolly-250 ltrs NA Foam compound stalls (at vulnerable points) NA Water Sprinkler for MS Tank NA Sand Buckets 8 Double Headed Water Hydrants 9 Single Headed Water Hydrants 4 Water Monitors 18 Fire Hose Reels including spares 43 Fire Hose Boxes 13 Jet Nozzles including Spares 17 Foam cum water Nozzles(FB 10X) NA FB 5X Nozzle NA Fog Nozzle 4 Triple Purpose Nozzles (Diffuser) 3 Safety Shoes 27 Safety Helmets 30 Safety Belts 5 Flame Proof Torch 2 Breathing Apparatus 1 Fire Proximity suit, Boot , Helmet, Gloves 1 Water Jel Blanket 2 Electric Siren (2 Km) 1 Hand Operated Siren 6 Public Addressing System 1 First Aid Boxes 4 Stretcher 2 Wind Socks 3 Electrical Gloves 2

RECOMMENDATION



FIRE PROTECTION FACILITIES

Fire Fighting facility at LPG Bottling Plant, Khurda has been designed to

cover all hazardous areas in the Plant. The system comprises of:

i) Fire Water Pump House

ii) Hydrant and Water Monitor Network

iii) Medium Velocity Sprinkler System (MVSS)

FIRE WATER PUMP HOUSE

A water pumping arrangement has been provided exclusively for fire fighting

purpose. This arrangement keeps all water outlets (monitors, hydrants and

deluge valves) pressurized at 7.5 kg/cm2 and fire pumps are designed to start

automatically on sensing any drop in pressure below desired level.

Six Nos. diesel driven (Three Working and three Standby ) of 4 X 410

KL/Hr + 2 X 273 KL/Hr Capacity fire water pump and Two Nos. electric

driven ( 1Nos. Working and One Standby) of 20Kl/Hr Jockey Pump

All the pumps are centrifugal type. The first pump is preset to start when

the line pressure drops to 6.0 kg/cm2. The second pump starts at 5.5

kg/cm2 & the third pump starts at 5.0 Kg/cm2, Jockey Pump which has

been provided to maintain line pressure, starts at 7 kg/cm2 and stop at 9

kg/cm2. Other fire engines are stand by. All the pumps are connected to

ring main which is further connected to various monitors, hydrants and

deluge valves.

All diesel driven pumps are controlled by separate control panels,

automatic engine- starting is done through the panel connected to

pressure switch in delivery mains. Engine control panel gives audio visual

alarm to indicate fault in any operating area of engine.

Arrangement has been made for self priming of all the pumps because of

aboveground water tank facility.

RECOMMENDATION



The system uses compressed air for fire detection in hazardous areas,

Supply of this air is from two air compressors provided inside the F/W

pump house.

HYDRANT & WATER MONITORING NETWORK

Fire hydrant & monitors network has been designed to cover entire plant

area & T/L Parking area. The system consists of following:

Double headed Hydrant 11 Nos.

Single headed Hydrant 2 Nos

Water Monitors 14 Nos.

DELUGE VALVE / MEDIUM VELOCITY SPRINKLER SYSTEM

Total 8 nos. of deluge valves have been designed to cover the

following areas

DV No Position No

DV- 1 & 2 Bullet Area 2

DV- 3 TLD 1

DV- 5 Filled Shed 1

DV-4 & 8 Filling Shed 2

DV-6 LPG Pump House 1

DV – 7 Cold Repair shed 1

DV-8 Empty Shed 1

System operation in all above areas is automatic. It uses compressed air

networks for fire detection. Quartzoid bulb type detectors are fixed at fire

sensitive positions on the air network in the hazardous area. These bulbs are

heat sensitive and burst at preset temperature (79° C). Bulb breakage causes air

pressure in the network to drop very rapidly.

RECOMMENDATION



Water spray networks in these hazards are connected to undesigned mains

through control valves, automatic in operation, named deluge valves. These

deluge valves operate when the air pressure falls below 0.7 kg/cm2

SOURCE OF WATER : 1 X2850 KL + 1 X 2836 KL =5686 KL

Two Above Ground Tanks have been provided for fire fighting, which is located

outside the licensed area of plant.

Material Safety Data Sheet of LPG

1. Chemical Identification

Chemical Name : LPG Synonyms : Liquefied Petroleum Gas. Chemical classification : Flammable Gas - Category 1, Gases under Pressure - liquefied gas, Carcinogenicity - Category 1B, Mutagen city - Category 1B Specific Target Organ Toxcity (Single Exposure) - Category 3 Trade name : LPG U.N.No. : 1203 Formula : Mixture MAINLY Propane & Butane, Component C.A.S No. Weight Propane (C3 H8) 74-98-6 60-90% Butane (C4 H10) 106-97-8 10-30% Propane Propylene 115-07-1 1-5% Isobutene (C4 H10) 75-28-5 1-5% 1,3- Butadiene (C4 H6) 106-99-0 0-02% Shipping name : Liquified Petroleum gas. Regulated identification : LPG. Hazardous waste ID No. : NA. Hazchem No. : Class2.1

Hazardous Ingredients:-

Hazardous Approximate C.A.S. No. LD 50/LC 50 Exposures Ingredients. Concentration(%) specify species Limits. & Route.

a) Butane 50-60 106-97-8 Not available/inh 4hrs 1000 lpm.(OEL) & 658 g/m3. 1000 lpm(TLV1)

b) Ethane <5 74-84-0 Not available. 1000 lpm(TLV1) c) Propane 40-50 74-98-6 Not available 1000 lpm.

(OEL,TLV1) [ OEL= 8 hr Alberta Occupational Exposure Limit ] [ TLV = Threshold Limit Value ( 8 hrs) ] 1 As Aliphatic Hydrocarbon Gases

2. Physical & Chemical data

Physical state Liquefied Gas Boiling Range / points (-)270c Melting / freezing points (-) 170OC to (-) 187Oc Appearance & Odour Colorless, Odorless ( or may have

Mercaptan odour) Vapour Pressure(KPA) 1100 @ 200

C Vapour Density (Air-1) 1.6 - 2.0 Solubility in water Negligible Specific Gravity water 0.53 PH Not applicable. Evaporation rate Not available. Percent Volatiles, by volume 100 Odour Threshold (PPM) Range from 2500 to 5000. Coefficient of water / Oil Distribution <0.1

Initial Boiling point & range -0.50c (31.1F) at 1,013.25 hPa Relative density 0.56 at 150c

3. Fire and Explosion Hazards Data: Appearance Flammability Yes LEL by volume 1.8% to 5.3% UEL by volume 8.5% to 15% Flash Point (-)560c to (-)600c Auto ignition 4100c-5400c TDG Flammability classification Class 2.1 Sensitivity to impact Na. Sensitivity to Static discharge Yes, May ignite Means of extinction Foam, CO2, dry chemical Powder, Explosive

accumulations can build up in areas of poor ventilation.

Special Procedure Use water spray to cool fire exposed containers and disperse Gas if Leak has not ignited. If safe To do, cut off fuel and allow flame to burn out.

Hazardous Ploymerisation :

Combustible Liquid : Yes Explosive material : Yes Corrosive material : No Flammable material : Yes Oxidizer : NA Other : NA Pyrophoric material : NA Organic peroxide : NA

4. Reactivity Data

Chemical stability : Stable Condition : Not applicable Incompatibility with other material : Chlorine and other strong oxidizing agents. Reactivity : Yes Conditions : heat, strong sunlight Hazardous Reaction Product : On fire it will liberate some amount carbon monoxide, and Carbon-di-oxide.

5. Health Hazards Data

Routes of Entry : Inhalation , eye contact. Effects of Exposure symptoms : Inhalation can cause head ache, disorientation, dizziness

drossiness and possibly unconsciousness. Evidence exists that butane and propane can cause these effects at concentrations for below those require for oxygen deficiency, for example 10% LEL and above. As concentration increases, oxygen deficiency and asphyxiation may occur. Rapidly expanding gas are vaporized liquid may cause frostbite to skin and eyes.

Emergency Treatment : in case of contact with Skin flush with fresh with fresh water ,

remove containment clothing, in case of excessive inhalation move the victim to fresh air, obtain medical assistance.

Sensitization to Product : No Exposure limit of Product : 1000 lpm(OEL,TLV) Irritancy : Not available. Synergistic materials : None reported. Chronic exposure : Weakness, coughing, labored breathing, headache confusion

nausea/vomiting convulsions heart rate and pulse variations coma respiratory failure.

NFPA Hazards Health Flammability Instability Special Signals 2 4 0 none HMIS ratings Health Flammability physical hazards 1 4 2

6. Preventive measures: Personal Protective equipment : use Positive pressure self contained breathing apparatus

Or supplied air breathing apparatus when entering areas where high concentration may be presents.

a) Gloves: Insulated gloves. b) Respiratory Protection: SCBA ar SABA. c) Eye: splash goggles and face shield if SCBA or SABA not warn.

Handling and storage Precautions : Aroid contact with liquid cooled equipment, Avoid inhalation, avoid sparking condition store in a cool, dry, well ventilated area away from heat, strong sunlight and ignition source.

Keep away from fire, sparks & heated surfaces no smoking near

areas where material is stared or handled. The product should only be stored and handled in areas with intrinsically safe electrical classification.

7. Emergency and First aid measures:

Suitable Fire Extinguishing media : Foam, dry chemical powder, co2, containers which are not cooled with water spray

Extinguishing media to avoid : water Caution about specific danger in case of : Danger of violent reaction or explosion, vapors Fire and fire fighting procedures may travel considerable distances and cause

subsequent ignition. Vapors are heavier than air, may cumulate along the round in enclosed spaces – danger of explosion when burning; it emits carbon monoxide & CO2 and irritant fumes.

Fire Special procedures : Shut off leak, if safe to do so,. Keep non –involved

people away from spill site. Issue warning “ FLAMMABLE” . Eliminate all sources of ignition.

Unusual Hazards : Vapor heavier than Air it will spread along the the ground and collect in sewer. Exposure First Aid measures : Skin contact ; in freeze burn occurs, gently Bathe affected area in warm water (38-43)0C. Do not rub get medical attention Eye : Immediately flash with large amounts of Luke warm water for 15 minutes, lifting upper & lower lids at intervals. Seek medical attention If irritation persists.

Inhalation: Remove to fresh air, give oxygen, artificial respiration or CPR needed seek medical attention Ingestion : Usually no effect by this Route

Antidotes/Dosages : NA

Spills Steps to be taken : Shut off leak , if safe to do so, Keep non – Involved people away from spillage site.

Eliminate all sources of ignition. Prevent spill entering in to sewers, for Major spillage contact emergency services.

Waste disposal Method : NA

ANNEXURE – VI

Public Hearing Exemption Letter

-l

State Environment Impact Assessment Authority, (StrIAA),Odisha

[Constituted vide Order No. S.O. 3387(E) Dated 15th Dec. 2015 of Ministry of Environment & Forests, Govt. of lndia]

Qr. No. 5RF-2/1, Unit - lX, Bhubaneswar -751022, Tel: 0674-2540669

Dt 2.g,. 4GN" LGAQ-/3E|nAFrom

Member Secretary,State Environment lmpact Assessment Authority, (SEIAA)Odisha, Bhubaneswar

ToMr. D.GangulyBharat Bhavan,Plot No-31,KIT Scheme No. 1 18,Prince Gulam Md,Shah Road, Golf Green,Post Box No.16201 & 16244,Kolkata-700095

Sub: Proposal for environmental clearance for capacity expansion of LPG plant ofM/s Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd. At Khu rda, Od isha(ToR)-regard ing.

Sir,ln inviting a reference to the above cited subject, I am to say that the matter was

placed in the meeting of SEIAA, Odisha held on 2O.O6.2O16.The SEIAA decided to exempt

conducting public hearing of the proposal as it is located in the lndustrial Estate as per the

recommendation of SEAC.

This is for your kind information and necessary action at your end.

Yours faithfully,

il^+--2zi'6-l u

Member sdc/etary

ANNEXURE – VII

Accreditation of NABET or QCI

ANNEXURE – VIII

Testing Report

ANNEXURE – IX

PLOT PLAN

S T

O R

M W

A T E R D

R A I N

OU

T SID

E BO

UN

DARY W

ALL

RETA

ININ

G W

ALL FO

R S

TORM

WATER D

RAIN

SEM

I CU

RVED

PATH

OF S

TON

E B

OU

LDER

FOR

GUID

ING

DO

WN FR

OM

GREEN

BELT AREA

30.00

LIGHT T

OW

ERWATCH

TOW

ER

4 N

OS T/L BAY

BO

RE W

ELL-2

LPG PU

MP

CO

MPRESSO

R

INSID

E P

UCCA D

RAIN

VALV

E C

HAN

GE SH

ED

LPG FILLE

D SH

ED

LPG FILLIN

G SH

ED

2

1

INSID

E P

UCCA D

RAIN

CO

MPO

UN

D W

ALL

OPE

N W

ELL-2

GU

ARD

WALL

PCVO

REST RO

OM

T R U

C K

P A R K I N G

A R E A

OUTSID

E O

PEN K

ACHA D

RAIN

OF IN

DUSTR

IAL ES

TATE

24.0

0 W

IDE RO

AD

ADM

INIS

TRAT

ION BU

ILDIN

G

CYCLE

& S

COOTER

STA

ND

17

EXTENSION

OF CYCLE

& S

COOTER

SHED

5 X 5

WATCH

TO

WER

CYCLE

& S

COOTER

SH

ED

7MX5M

3X3M

TVM

& C

TPTO

E O

SEB

ESS

DG

SET

OCB R

OOM

EXT

ENSIO

N6M

X 3M

D.P.

STR

16M

Ø X

14.2M

HT.

FIRE W

ATERTANK

F W R

5

FWR

P/H

G.M

.PF.S

.A16

WATCH

MAN

'S BO

OTH

BO

RE W

ELL-1

WATCH

TOW

ER

LIGH

T TO

WER

GU

ARD

WALL

TOILET

VAPO

UR TRAP

SEE

DET

AILS

8

6

TRANSFORMER YARD

EM

ERG

ENCY

EXIT

OPE

N W

ELL-1

3

D Y

K E

W A L L

4

INSID

E P

UCCA D

RAIN

OUTSIDE OPEN KACHA DRAIN OF INDUSTRIAL ESTATEOUT SIDE BOUNDARY WALL

7

ES

14ES

1210MX6M

W B & C

10

17 I

SB

18

21

19

15

17 II

9

13

LON

G R

AN

GED

MO

NITO

R/HYD

RANT

228

.66

S T O R M W A T E R D R A I N

OUTSIDE BOUNDARY WALL 3M+0.6M FENCING

9.90

19.96

18.53

18.58

9.60

76.56

4.00

6.5012.00

30.00

22

15.00

6.00

3.00

23.50

5.00

7.50

22.00

7.00

8.00

10.50

11.35

7.50

30.00

12.00

20.0015.00 21.00

45.00

10.00

15.00

45.00

40.00

21.00

5.00

7.50

3.00

10.50

5.00

90.00 1

5.50

63.00

60.00

37.00

8.50

R15.00

2.10

17.50

R15.00

13.00

16.50

47.00

6.00

90.00

37.0

0

3.504.00

4.00

65.00

21.0015.0021.005.00

30.00

25.00

5.60

19.25

5.00

10.0032.00

1.50

R - 3

R - 2

R - 1

REVIS

ION

DRG

. NO.

06 - 11

- 90

25 - 2 - 92

26 - 10

- 89

DATE

ZO

NE FO

R PART

ALL D

IMEN

SION

S ARE IN

MET

ERS

(1) E

XTEN

SIO

N O

F OCB R

OO

M E

LEC. SU

B STATION-6.0X3.0M

(2) C

HAN

GE IN

PRO

PO

SED

VAL.C

H. SH

ED SIZE-12.0M

X10.0M T

O 10

.5M

X5.0M

PCVO

REST R

OO

M/E

XTN

& N

EW

CYCLE SCO

OTER STAN

D/

STO

RM

WATER D

RAIN

/RETAININ

G W

ALL1st FLO

OR O

F AD

MN

. BU

ILDIN

G/A

S BUILT IN

TER DISTAN

CESIN

BETW

EEN

FACILIT

IES INCO

RPORATED

.SIZ

E O

F PC S

HED

INCREASED

/OPEN

WELL 1&

2/BORE 1&

2AD

DED

LOC. O

F F/WR CH

ANGED

.TRAN

SFO

RM

ER A

REA &

D.P

. STRUCTU

RE CHAN

GED

/TOILET

15 C

HAN

GED

/INSPECTIO

N P

LATFO

RM 18 CH

ANGED

ADDED

2N

OS. 2

3.4

MX4.0

0M

SH

OW

N AS PER EXP. LETTER REF.

P.V

.C E

C J S

17/O

R D

ATE 1

5-1

2-89 LOCATIO

N O

F CHOUKI

CH

AN

GES IN

TERN

AL D

RAIN

AG

E SYSTEM

WITH

VAP NIP D

YKEW

ALL S

HO

WN

EXT. O

F EN

GG

. STORE 7.0X6.0M

LOC. O

F EN

GG

. STO

RE C

HAN

GED

3 N

OS LIG

HT TO

WER 4N

OS.

WATCH

TO

WER D

.G. R

OO

M E

XTEND/W

ATCHM

AN

BO

OTH

& E

MERG

EN

CY G

ATE W

IDEN

ING AD

DED

LOC. O

F EN

GG

. STO

RE 1

4 C

HANGED

WID

EN O

F GATE

EM

ERG

EN

CY IN

CREASED

TO 6M

B R

I E F R

E C O R D

R E

V I S I O

N

TRACED

FRO

M D

RG

. NO

. P/LPG/K

DA 00

1 DT- 2

9-9-86 (R-5)

R-7

: SHIFTIN

G O

F TRUC

K PA

RK

ING

AREA

FRO

M N

ORTHEAS

T CO

RN

ER TO

NO

RTH

WEST

CO

RN

ER FO

R A

CC

OM

OD

ATIN

G M

ORE N

UM

BERS O

F LORRIES.

INIAT

IALS

DAT

E : 17-0

6-2015

SCALE

- 1:400

C A

E M

TRACED

DRAW

N B

Y : M

/S CADS

CH

ECKED

DR

AW

ING

NO

:-

C / 2

9701

NU

MBERS C

RO

SSED

OUT

ARE S

UPERSED

EDD

RAW

INGS.

DATE

DRAW

ING

NO.

05-0

8-2013

R - 1

LAYO

UT FO

R LPG

FILLING

PLANT AT - KH

URD

A

LAYO

UT ( AS BU

ILT )SU

BJECT B

HA

RA

T PETRO

LEUM

CO

RPORATIO

N LTD

.

PU

CCA D

RAIN

BVAPO

UR TRAP

B

2.8

0M

X1.O

OM

DEPTH

1.7

0M

FROM

G.L.

FRO

NT B

OU

ND

ARY W

ALL

PLA

N O

F VAPO

UR TRAP

(NO

T T

O SCALE)

OU

TSID

E PU

CCAD

RAIN

CO

NN

ECTED

WITH

IND

. EST. KACH

AD

RAIN

PU

CCA D

RAININ

SID

E(B

RIC

K W

ALL)

800MM

GL

PLY

WO

OD

SID

E BO

UNDARY

WALL

DRAIN

300

Ø H

UM

E PIPE

100M

M P

.C.C

BED(1:2:4)

1.70

2.80

100MM

GL

PU

CCA D

RAIN

ING

REEN

BELT(B

RIC

K W

ALL)

250M

M B

RICK W

ALL

BO

UN

DARY W

ALL

SECTIO

N - BB

(NO

T T

O SCALE)

(ALL DIM

ENS

ION

S A

RE IN M

.)

1. FILLED

CYLIN

DER ST

ORAG

E SHED

45.00

M X 21

.00M

2. LPG

FILLING

SHED

40.00

M X 33

.00M

3. LPG

PUM

P AND

CO

MPR

ESSOR

15.0

0M

X 5.00M4. LPG

STO

RAG

E VESS

ELS2N

OS. 1

7.0

0M

X 3

.26M

& 2N

OS. 23.40M

X 4.00M5. FIR

E W

ATER

RES

ERVO

IR(FW

R)

40.00

M X 20

.00M

X 2

.00M

DEEP

6. FW

R P/H

14.00

X 5

.00M

7. BU

LK LO

AD

ING

UNLO

AD

ING

BAY

13.0

0M

X 5

.00M

X 4 BAYS8. AD

MIN

STR

ATIV

E BUILD

ING

28.00

M X 10

.00M

(GR

OU

NG

& 1

ST FLO

OR)

9. ELEC

. SUB-ST

ATIO

N &

DG

SET25.0

0M

X 6

.00M

+ E

XTN-3.00M

X 6.00M10. W

EIGH

BRID

GE &

CABIN

16.0

0M

X 3

.00M

& 3.00M

X 3.00M11. S

ECUR

ITY BLO

CK

4.0

0M

X 3.00M

12. A

IR C

OM

PRES

SOR C

OO

LING

WATER

6.0

0M

X 1

0.0

0M

(NEW

FACILITY)

13. C

OLD

REPA

IR S

HED

(VALVE

CHANG

ING

)10.5

0M

X 5.00M14. E

NG

G. STO

RE

5.0

0M

X 4

.00M

+ E

XTN

-7.00M X 6.00M

15. T

OILE

T(INSID

E LIC

. AREA)

4.0

0M

X 1.25M

16. G

M PA

NEL &

F.S ANNUNCIATIO

N6.0

0M

X 5.00M

17. C

YCLE

SCO

OTER

STAND

15.0

0M

X 5

.00M

, 5.0

0M X 5.00M

(17 I)18. IN

SPE

CTIO

N PLAT

FORM

3.0

0M

X 0.75M

19. PC

VO

REST

RO

OM

7.5

0M

X 5.00M

20. A

BOVE

GRO

UN

D W

ATE

R TAN

K16.00

M D

IA X 14.2

0M H

T.21. M

AIN G

ATE

22. E

MENG

ENCY G

ATE

S I T E P L A N

TO BH

UBAN

ESWAR

N.H

- NO. - 05

TO

VIZAG

15.2

4M

WID

E ROAD

VACAN

T LAN

D

PLY

WOOD

FACTORY

O S

E B

SU

BSTATIO

N

B P

C LL P

G FILLIN

G PO

INT

BO

UN

DARY W

ALLO

F O S

E BSU

BSTATIO

N

96.00

15.2

4M

WID

E ROAD

24.38M WIDE ROAD

VAC

AN

T LAN

D

H I L L

228

.66

228.66

17.8

071.62

30.48

24.5

0M

WID

E ROAD

22'

22'

40'

11

DH-8

100Ø7.4M

150Ø8M

WM

-15

150Ø3.5M

150Ø

200Ø2M

300Ø

DV-4

150NBD

V150Ø3.05M

80Ø8M

150Ø

200Ø2M

300Ø

DV-5

150NBD

V

9M

9M

150Ø8M

DH

-7

100Ø5.5M

SH-2

H-1

DH-6

100Ø1.47M

80Ø6M

350Ø

200Ø400Ø

150Ø200Ø

150Ø17M

150Ø10.25M

WM-1

200Ø

DH-1

100Ø4M

DH

-2100Ø2.2M

150Ø4.25M

WM

-2

200Ø

DH-5200Ø

80Ø9M

200Ø 150Ø

7M

200Ø7M

100NB D.V.DV-3

150Ø3.9M

WM-1

150Ø14.75M

WM-10

80Ø

11M

WM

-5 150Ø20.3M

WM

-4150Ø7.5M

WM

-3 150Ø2.6M

80Ø6M

WM

-12

300Ø

WM-13

DV-6

100NBD

V

DH

-4D

H-3

300Ø250Ø

150Ø11M

WM

-6

150Ø3.95M

5.2M

250Ø

DH-9

100Ø7.4M

200Ø

150Ø16M

WM

-7

200Ø19M

DV-2

150NBD

V

150Ø19M

150Ø4.55M

WM

-8

400Ø

400Ø

150Ø5M

WM-9

150Ø6.07M 80Ø

6M

12.00

17MØ

X 12

.5M

HT.

FIRE W

ATER TA

NK

CAP

-283

6 KL

23. A

BOVE

GRO

UN

D W

ATE

R TAN

K17.00

M D

IA X 12.5

0M H

T.

150Ø3.5MD

V-8150NBD

V

300Ø300Ø

KH

UR-LP EXP-A

PLI 300MSV

(1) 15062015

VAPO

UR TRAP

EN

CLO

SURE

WALL

VAPO

UR TRAP

3.5 M W

IDE RO

AD

WM

DH

WM

3.5 M W

IDE RO

AD

37.292

5.0

2.0

2.2

2.2

2.2

BO

UN

DARY W

ALL

FIRE W

ATE

R PIPE

LINE

FIRE W

ATER

PIPE LINE

EN

CLO

SU

RE W

ALL

19.0

37.292

3.5 M WIDE ROAD

2.0

M W

IDE

PATHW

AY

2 .0 M WIDE PATHWAY

0.5 M W

IDE D

RAIN

15.0

DH

WM

DH

24. 3

X300 M

T MSV

37.292 M X 5.0M

24

15.0

UPD

ATE 13-06-2015

2.0

WATCH

TOW

ER

LIGHT T

OW

ER

29.0

2.2

39.0

SLO

PE

SLO

PE

Documents

PROPOSED CAPACITY EXPANSION OF KHURDA LPG PLANT